patch 7.4.2083

Problem:    Coverity complains about not restoring a value.
Solution:   Restore the value, although it's not really needed.  Change return
            to jump to cleanup, might leak memory.

.gitignore

@@ -78,3 +78,4 @@ src/testdir/dostmp/*
 src/testdir/messages
 src/testdir/viminfo
 src/memfile_test
+src/json_test

.travis.yml

@@ -5,12 +5,13 @@ compiler:
   - gcc
 
 env:
-  - COVERAGE=yes CFLAGS=--coverage LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src
+  - BUILD=yes TEST=scripttests COVERAGE=yes CFLAGS=--coverage LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
     "CONFOPT='--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-python3interp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp'"
+  - BUILD=no TEST=unittests COVERAGE=yes CFLAGS=--coverage LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
     CHECK_AUTOCONF=yes
-  - COVERAGE=no FEATURES=normal CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT="-C src/shadow" SRCDIR=./src/shadow CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
-  - COVERAGE=no FEATURES=small CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
-  - COVERAGE=no FEATURES=tiny  CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+  - BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=normal CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT="-C src/shadow" SRCDIR=./src/shadow CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+  - BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=small CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+  - BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=tiny  CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
 
 sudo: false
 
@@ -35,11 +36,12 @@ before_install:
 script:
   - NPROC=$(getconf _NPROCESSORS_ONLN)
   - if [ "$CHECK_AUTOCONF" = "yes" -a "$CC" = "gcc" ]; then make -C src autoconf; fi
-  - if [ "x$SHADOWOPT" != x ]; then make -C src shadow; fi && (cd ${SRCDIR} && ./configure --with-features=$FEATURES $CONFOPT --enable-fail-if-missing && make -j$NPROC)
-  - ${SRCDIR}/vim --version
-  - make $SHADOWOPT test
+  - if [ "x$SHADOWOPT" != x ]; then make -C src shadow; fi
+  - (cd ${SRCDIR} && ./configure --with-features=$FEATURES $CONFOPT --enable-fail-if-missing && if [ "$BUILD" = "yes" ]; then make -j$NPROC; fi)
+  - if [ "$BUILD" = "yes" ]; then ${SRCDIR}/vim --version; fi
+  - make $SHADOWOPT $TEST
 
 after_success:
-  - if [ x"$COVERAGE" = "xyes" ]; then ~/.local/bin/coveralls -b $SRCDIR -x .xs -e ${SRCDIR}/xxd -e ${SRCDIR}/if_perl.c --encodings utf-8 latin-1 EUC-KR; fi
+  - if [ "$COVERAGE" = "yes" ]; then ~/.local/bin/coveralls -b $SRCDIR -x .xs -e ${SRCDIR}/xxd -e ${SRCDIR}/if_perl.c --encodings utf-8 latin-1 EUC-KR; fi
 
 # vim:set sts=2 sw=2 tw=0 et:

Filelist

@@ -18,10 +18,12 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/charset.c \
 		src/crypt.c \
 		src/crypt_zip.c \
+		src/dict.c \
 		src/diff.c \
 		src/digraph.c \
 		src/edit.c \
 		src/eval.c \
+		src/evalfunc.c \
 		src/ex_cmds.c \
 		src/ex_cmds.h \
 		src/ex_cmds2.c \
@@ -43,6 +45,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/hashtab.c \
 		src/json.c \
 		src/json_test.c \
+		src/list.c \
 		src/keymap.h \
 		src/macros.h \
 		src/main.c \
@@ -53,6 +56,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/memline.c \
 		src/menu.c \
 		src/message.c \
+		src/message_test.c \
 		src/misc1.c \
 		src/misc2.c \
 		src/move.c \
@@ -74,6 +78,8 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/sha256.c \
 		src/structs.h \
 		src/spell.c \
+		src/spell.h \
+		src/spellfile.c \
 		src/syntax.c \
 		src/tag.c \
 		src/term.c \
@@ -81,6 +87,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/termlib.c \
 		src/ui.c \
 		src/undo.c \
+		src/userfunc.c \
 		src/version.c \
 		src/version.h \
 		src/vim.h \
@@ -95,6 +102,8 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/*.py \
 		src/testdir/sautest/autoload/*.vim \
 		src/testdir/runtest.vim \
+		src/testdir/shared.vim \
+		src/testdir/setup.vim \
 		src/testdir/test[0-9]*.ok \
 		src/testdir/test[0-9]*a.ok \
 		src/testdir/test_[a-z]*.ok \
@@ -116,21 +125,25 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/bench*.vim \
 		src/testdir/samples/*.txt \
 		src/proto.h \
+		src/proto/arabic.pro \
 		src/proto/blowfish.pro \
 		src/proto/buffer.pro \
 		src/proto/channel.pro \
 		src/proto/charset.pro \
 		src/proto/crypt.pro \
 		src/proto/crypt_zip.pro \
+		src/proto/dict.pro \
 		src/proto/diff.pro \
 		src/proto/digraph.pro \
 		src/proto/edit.pro \
 		src/proto/eval.pro \
+		src/proto/evalfunc.pro \
 		src/proto/ex_cmds.pro \
 		src/proto/ex_cmds2.pro \
 		src/proto/ex_docmd.pro \
 		src/proto/ex_eval.pro \
 		src/proto/ex_getln.pro \
+		src/proto/farsi.pro \
 		src/proto/fileio.pro \
 		src/proto/fold.pro \
 		src/proto/getchar.pro \
@@ -139,6 +152,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/hardcopy.pro \
 		src/proto/hashtab.pro \
 		src/proto/json.pro \
+		src/proto/list.pro \
 		src/proto/main.pro \
 		src/proto/mark.pro \
 		src/proto/mbyte.pro \
@@ -160,12 +174,14 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/search.pro \
 		src/proto/sha256.pro \
 		src/proto/spell.pro \
+		src/proto/spellfile.pro \
 		src/proto/syntax.pro \
 		src/proto/tag.pro \
 		src/proto/term.pro \
 		src/proto/termlib.pro \
 		src/proto/ui.pro \
 		src/proto/undo.pro \
+		src/proto/userfunc.pro \
 		src/proto/version.pro \
 		src/proto/winclip.pro \
 		src/proto/window.pro \
@@ -317,6 +333,8 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		src/if_ole.h \
 		src/if_ole.idl \
 		src/if_perl_msvc/stdbool.h \
+		src/iscygpty.c \
+		src/iscygpty.h \
 		src/iid_ole.c \
 		src/os_dos.h \
 		src/os_w32dll.c \
@@ -337,7 +355,6 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		src/vimio.h \
 		src/gvim.exe.mnf \
 		src/vimrun.c \
-		src/vimtbar.h \
 		src/xpm_w32.c \
 		src/xpm_w32.h \
 		src/xxd/Make_bc5.mak \
@@ -375,15 +392,15 @@ SRC_DOS_BIN =	\
 		src/tools.bmp \
 		src/vim*.ico \
 		src/vim.tlb \
-		src/vimtbar.lib \
 		src/xpm/COPYRIGHT \
 		src/xpm/README.txt \
 		src/xpm/include/*.h \
 		src/xpm/x64/lib/libXpm.a \
 		src/xpm/x64/lib/libXpm.lib \
+		src/xpm/x64/lib-vc14/libXpm.lib \
 		src/xpm/x86/lib/libXpm.a \
 		src/xpm/x86/lib/libXpm.lib \
-		src/vimtbar.dll \
+		src/xpm/x86/lib-vc14/libXpm.lib \
 		nsis/icons/*.bmp \
 		nsis/icons/*.ico \
 
@@ -483,7 +500,6 @@ RT_ALL =	\
 		runtime/ftoff.vim \
 		runtime/gvimrc_example.vim \
 		runtime/macros/README.txt \
-		runtime/macros/dvorak \
 		runtime/macros/editexisting.vim \
 		runtime/macros/hanoi/click.me \
 		runtime/macros/hanoi/hanoi.vim \
@@ -524,9 +540,16 @@ RT_ALL =	\
 		runtime/tutor/tutor \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor.vim \
 		runtime/vimrc_example.vim \
+		runtime/pack/dist/opt/dvorak/plugin/dvorak.vim \
+		runtime/pack/dist/opt/dvorak/dvorak/enable.vim \
+		runtime/pack/dist/opt/dvorak/dvorak/disable.vim \
+		runtime/pack/dist/opt/editexisting/plugin/editexisting.vim \
+		runtime/pack/dist/opt/justify/plugin/justify.vim \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/matchit/plugin/matchit.vim \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/matchit/doc/matchit.txt \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/matchit/doc/tags \
+		runtime/pack/dist/opt/shellmenu/plugin/shellmenu.vim \
+		runtime/pack/dist/opt/swapmouse/plugin/swapmouse.vim \
 
 # runtime files for all distributions without CR-NL translation
 RT_ALL_BIN =	\

Makefile

@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ first:
 
 # Some make programs use the last target for the $@ default; put the other
 # targets separately to always let $@ expand to "first" by default.
-all install uninstall tools config configure reconfig proto depend lint tags types test testclean clean distclean:
+all install uninstall tools config configure reconfig proto depend lint tags types test scripttests unittests testclean clean distclean:
 	@if test ! -f src/auto/config.mk; then \
 		cp src/config.mk.dist src/auto/config.mk; \
 	fi

README.md

@@ -7,21 +7,23 @@
 
 ## What is Vim? ##
 
-Vim is an almost compatible version of the UNIX editor Vi.  Many new features
-have been added: multi-level undo, syntax highlighting, command line history,
-on-line help, spell checking, filename completion, block operations, etc.
-There is also a Graphical User Interface (GUI) available.  See
-`runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt` for differences with Vi.
+Vim is a greatly improved version of the good old UNIX editor Vi.  Many new
+features have been added: multi-level undo, syntax highlighting, command line
+history, on-line help, spell checking, filename completion, block operations,
+script language, etc.  There is also a Graphical User Interface (GUI)
+available.  Still, Vi compatibility is maintained, those who have Vi "in the
+fingers" will feel at home.  See `runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt` for differences with
+Vi.
 
 This editor is very useful for editing programs and other plain text files.
 All commands are given with normal keyboard characters, so those who can type
 with ten fingers can work very fast.  Additionally, function keys can be
-defined by the user, and the mouse can be used.
+mapped to commands by the user, and the mouse can be used.
 
-Vim runs under MS-DOS, MS-Windows (NT, 2000, XP, Vista, 7, 8, 10), Macintosh,
-VMS and almost all flavours of UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be
-very difficult.  Older versions of Vim run on MS-Windows 95/98/Me, Amiga DOS,
-Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2.  These are no longer maintained.
+Vim runs under MS-Windows (NT, 2000, XP, Vista, 7, 8, 10), Macintosh, VMS and
+almost all flavours of UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be very
+difficult.  Older versions of Vim run on MS-DOS, MS-Windows 95/98/Me, Amiga
+DOS, Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2.  These are no longer maintained.
 
 
 ## Distribution ##
@@ -38,10 +40,39 @@ Which one you need depends on the system you want to run it on and whether you
 want or must compile it yourself.  Check http://www.vim.org/download.php for
 an overview of currently available distributions.
 
+Some popular places to get the latest Vim:
+* Check out the git repository from [github](https://github.com/vim/vim).
+* Get the source code as an [archive](https://github.com/vim/vim/releases).
+* Get a Windows executable from the
+[vim-win32-installer](https://github.com/vim/vim-win32-installer/releases) repository.
+
+
+
+## Compiling ##
+
+If you obtained a binary distribution you don't need to compile Vim.  If you
+obtained a source distribution, all the stuff for compiling Vim is in the
+`src` directory.  See `src/INSTALL` for instructions.
+
+
+## Installation ##
+
+See one of these files for system-specific instructions.  Either in the
+READMEdir directory (in the repository) or the top directory (if you unpack an
+archive):
+
+	README_ami.txt		Amiga
+	README_unix.txt		Unix
+	README_dos.txt		MS-DOS and MS-Windows
+	README_mac.txt		Macintosh
+	README_vms.txt		VMS
+
+There are other `README_*.txt` files, depending on the distribution you used.
+
 
 ## Documentation ##
 
-The vim tutor is a one hour training course for beginners.  Mostly it can be
+The Vim tutor is a one hour training course for beginners.  Often it can be
 started as `vimtutor`.  See `:help tutor` for more information.
 
 The best is to use `:help` in Vim.  If you don't have an executable yet, read
@@ -77,26 +108,6 @@ For the most recent information about sponsoring look on the Vim web site:
 	http://www.vim.org/sponsor/
 
 
-## Compiling ##
-
-If you obtained a binary distribution you don't need to compile Vim.  If you
-obtained a source distribution, all the stuff for compiling Vim is in the
-`src` directory.  See `src/INSTALL` for instructions.
-
-
-## Installation ##
-
-See one of these files for system-specific instructions:
-
-	README_ami.txt		Amiga
-	README_unix.txt		Unix
-	README_dos.txt		MS-DOS and MS-Windows
-	README_mac.txt		Macintosh
-	README_vms.txt		VMS
-
-There are more `README_*.txt` files, depending on the distribution you used.
-
-
 ## Contributing ##
 
 If you would like to help making Vim better, see the [CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/vim/vim/blob/master/CONTRIBUTING.md) file.

README.txt

@@ -3,21 +3,23 @@ README.txt for version 7.4 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 WHAT IS VIM?
 
-Vim is an almost compatible version of the UNIX editor Vi.  Many new features
-have been added: multi-level undo, syntax highlighting, command line history,
-on-line help, spell checking, filename completion, block operations, etc.
-There is also a Graphical User Interface (GUI) available.  See
-"runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt" for differences with Vi.
+Vim is a greatly improved version of the good old UNIX editor Vi.  Many new
+features have been added: multi-level undo, syntax highlighting, command line
+history, on-line help, spell checking, filename completion, block operations,
+script language, etc.  There is also a Graphical User Interface (GUI)
+available.  Still, Vi compatibility is maintained, those who have Vi "in the
+fingers" will feel at home.  See "runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt" for differences with
+Vi.
 
 This editor is very useful for editing programs and other plain text files.
 All commands are given with normal keyboard characters, so those who can type
 with ten fingers can work very fast.  Additionally, function keys can be
-defined by the user, and the mouse can be used.
+mapped to commands by the user, and the mouse can be used.
 
-Vim runs under MS-DOS, MS-Windows (NT, 2000, XP, Vista, 7, 8, 10), Macintosh,
-VMS and almost all flavours of UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be
-very difficult.  Older versions of Vim run on MS-Windows 95/98/Me, Amiga DOS,
-Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2.  These are no longer maintained.
+Vim runs under MS-Windows (NT, 2000, XP, Vista, 7, 8, 10), Macintosh, VMS and
+almost all flavours of UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be very
+difficult.  Older versions of Vim run on MS-DOS, MS-Windows 95/98/Me, Amiga
+DOS, Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2.  These are no longer maintained.
 
 
 DISTRIBUTION
@@ -34,10 +36,38 @@ Which one you need depends on the system you want to run it on and whether you
 want or must compile it yourself.  Check "http://www.vim.org/download.php" for
 an overview of currently available distributions.
 
+Some popular places to get the latest Vim:
+* Check out the git repository from github: https://github.com/vim/vim.
+* Get the source code as an archive: https://github.com/vim/vim/releases.
+* Get a Windows executable from the vim-win32-installer repository:
+  https://github.com/vim/vim-win32-installer/releases.
+
+
+COMPILING
+
+If you obtained a binary distribution you don't need to compile Vim.  If you
+obtained a source distribution, all the stuff for compiling Vim is in the
+"src" directory.  See src/INSTALL for instructions.
+
+
+INSTALLATION
+
+See one of these files for system-specific instructions.  Either in the
+READMEdir directory (in the repository) or the top directory (if you unpack an
+archive):
+
+README_ami.txt		Amiga
+README_unix.txt		Unix
+README_dos.txt		MS-DOS and MS-Windows
+README_mac.txt		Macintosh
+README_vms.txt		VMS
+
+There are more README_*.txt files, depending on the distribution you used.
+
 
 DOCUMENTATION
 
-The vim tutor is a one hour training course for beginners.  Mostly it can be
+The Vim tutor is a one hour training course for beginners.  Often it can be
 started as "vimtutor".  See ":help tutor" for more information.
 
 The best is to use ":help" in Vim.  If you don't have an executable yet, read
@@ -74,23 +104,9 @@ For the most recent information about sponsoring look on the Vim web site:
 	http://www.vim.org/sponsor/
 
 
-COMPILING
+CONTRIBUTING
 
-If you obtained a binary distribution you don't need to compile Vim.  If you
-obtained a source distribution, all the stuff for compiling Vim is in the
-"src" directory.  See src/INSTALL for instructions.
-
-
-INSTALLATION
-
-See one of these files for system-specific instructions:
-README_ami.txt		Amiga
-README_unix.txt		Unix
-README_dos.txt		MS-DOS and MS-Windows
-README_mac.txt		Macintosh
-README_vms.txt		VMS
-
-There are more README_*.txt files, depending on the distribution you used.
+If you would like to help making Vim better, see the CONTRIBUTING.md file.
 
 
 INFORMATION

nsis/gvim.nsi

@@ -215,6 +215,28 @@ Section "Vim executables and runtime files"
 	SetOutPath $0\macros
 	File ${VIMRT}\macros\*.*
 
+	SetOutPath $0\pack\dist\opt\dvorak\dvorak
+	File ${VIMRT}\pack\dist\opt\dvorak\dvorak\*.*
+	SetOutPath $0\pack\dist\opt\dvorak\plugin
+	File ${VIMRT}\pack\dist\opt\dvorak\plugin\*.*
+
+	SetOutPath $0\pack\dist\opt\editexisting\plugin
+	File ${VIMRT}\pack\dist\opt\editexisting\plugin\*.*
+
+	SetOutPath $0\pack\dist\opt\justify\plugin
+	File ${VIMRT}\pack\dist\opt\justify\plugin\*.*
+
+	SetOutPath $0\pack\dist\opt\matchit\doc
+	File ${VIMRT}\pack\dist\opt\matchit\doc\*.*
+	SetOutPath $0\pack\dist\opt\matchit\plugin
+	File ${VIMRT}\pack\dist\opt\matchit\plugin\*.*
+
+	SetOutPath $0\pack\dist\opt\shellmenu\plugin
+	File ${VIMRT}\pack\dist\opt\shellmenu\plugin\*.*
+
+	SetOutPath $0\pack\dist\opt\swapmouse\plugin
+	File ${VIMRT}\pack\dist\opt\swapmouse\plugin\*.*
+
 	SetOutPath $0\plugin
 	File ${VIMRT}\plugin\*.*
 

runtime/autoload/vimball.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 " vimball.vim : construct a file containing both paths and files
-" Author:	Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
-" Date:		Jan 17, 2012
-" Version:	35
+" Author:	Charles E. Campbell
+" Date:		Apr 11, 2016
+" Version:	37
 " GetLatestVimScripts: 1502 1 :AutoInstall: vimball.vim
-" Copyright: (c) 2004-2011 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
+" Copyright: (c) 2004-2011 by Charles E. Campbell
 "            The VIM LICENSE applies to Vimball.vim, and Vimball.txt
 "            (see |copyright|) except use "Vimball" instead of "Vim".
 "            No warranty, express or implied.
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_vimball")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_vimball = "v35"
+let g:loaded_vimball = "v37"
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of vimball needs vim 7.2"
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ fun! vimball#MkVimball(line1,line2,writelevel,...) range
  
    let lastline= line("$") + 1
    if lastline == 2 && getline("$") == ""
-	call setline(1,'" Vimball Archiver by Charles E. Campbell, Jr., Ph.D.')
+	call setline(1,'" Vimball Archiver by Charles E. Campbell')
 	call setline(2,'UseVimball')
 	call setline(3,'finish')
 	let lastline= line("$") + 1
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ fun! vimball#MkVimball(line1,line2,writelevel,...) range
   " remove the evidence
   setlocal nomod bh=wipe
   exe "tabn ".curtabnr
-  exe "tabc ".vbtabnr
+  exe "tabc! ".vbtabnr
 
   " restore options
   call vimball#RestoreSettings()
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
    " when AsNeeded/filename is filereadable or was present in VimballRecord
    if fname =~ '\<plugin/'
    	let anfname= substitute(fname,'\<plugin/','AsNeeded/','')
-	if filereadable(anfname) || (exists("s:VBRstring") && s:VBRstring =~ anfname)
+	if filereadable(anfname) || (exists("s:VBRstring") && s:VBRstring =~# anfname)
 "	 call Decho("using anfname<".anfname."> instead of <".fname.">")
 	 let fname= anfname
 	endif
@@ -379,10 +379,10 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
   call s:RecordInFile(home)
 
   " restore events, delete tab and buffer
-  exe "tabn ".vbtabnr
+  exe "sil! tabn ".vbtabnr
   setlocal nomod bh=wipe
-  exe "tabn ".curtabnr
-  exe "tabc ".vbtabnr
+  exe "sil! tabn ".curtabnr
+  exe "sil! tabc! ".vbtabnr
   call vimball#RestoreSettings()
   call s:ChgDir(curdir)
 
@@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ fun! vimball#ShowMesg(level,msg)
   set noruler noshowcmd
   redraw!
 
-  if &fo =~ '[ta]'
+  if &fo =~# '[ta]'
    echomsg "***vimball*** ".a:msg
   else
    if a:level == s:WARNING || a:level == s:USAGE
@@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ fun! vimball#SaveSettings()
 "  call Dfunc("SaveSettings()")
   let s:makeep  = getpos("'a")
   let s:regakeep= @a
-  if exists("&acd")
+  if exists("+acd")
    let s:acdkeep = &acd
   endif
   let s:eikeep  = &ei
@@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ fun! vimball#SaveSettings()
   let s:vekeep  = &ve
   let s:ffkeep  = &l:ff
   let s:swfkeep = &l:swf
-  if exists("&acd")
+  if exists("+acd")
    setlocal ei=all ve=all noacd nofen noic report=999 nohid bt= ma lz pm= ff=unix noswf
   else
    setlocal ei=all ve=all       nofen noic report=999 nohid bt= ma lz pm= ff=unix noswf
@@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ endfun
 fun! vimball#RestoreSettings()
 "  call Dfunc("RestoreSettings()")
   let @a      = s:regakeep
-  if exists("&acd")
+  if exists("+acd")
    let &acd   = s:acdkeep
   endif
   let &l:fen  = s:fenkeep
@@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ fun! vimball#RestoreSettings()
 "   call Decho("restore mark-a: makeep=".string(makeep))
    call setpos("'a",s:makeep)
   endif
-  if exists("&acd")
+  if exists("+acd")
    unlet s:acdkeep
   endif
   unlet s:regakeep s:eikeep s:fenkeep s:hidkeep s:ickeep s:repkeep s:vekeep s:makeep s:lzkeep s:pmkeep s:ffkeep

runtime/compiler/gcc.vim

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
 " Compiler:         GNU C Compiler
 " Maintainer:       Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
 " Latest Revision:  2010-10-14
+" 			added line suggested by Anton Lindqvist 2016 Mar 31
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -24,6 +25,7 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=
       \%f:%l:\ %trror:\ %m,
       \%f:%l:\ %tarning:\ %m,
       \%f:%l:\ %m,
+      \%f:\\(%*[^\\)]\\):\ %m,
       \\"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l%*\\D%c%*[^\ ]\ %m,
       \%D%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Entering\ directory\ [`']%f',
       \%X%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Leaving\ directory\ [`']%f',

runtime/compiler/tidy.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:	HTML Tidy
 " Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	2013 Jul 7
+" Last Change:	2016 Apr 21
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
   command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
 endif
 
-CompilerSet makeprg=tidy\ -quiet\ -errors\ --gnu-emacs\ yes\ %
+CompilerSet makeprg=tidy\ -quiet\ -errors\ --gnu-emacs\ yes\ %:S
 
-" sample warning: foo.html:8:1: Warning: inserting missing 'foobar' element
-" sample error:   foo.html:9:2: Error: <foobar> is not recognized!
-CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l:%c:\ Error:%m,%f:%l:%c:\ Warning:%m,%-G%.%#
+" foo.html:8:1: Warning: inserting missing 'foobar' element
+" foo.html:9:2: Error: <foobar> is not recognized!
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l:%c:\ %trror:%m,%f:%l:%c:\ %tarning:%m,%-G%.%#

runtime/doc/Makefile

@@ -142,6 +142,7 @@ DOCS = \
 	version5.txt \
 	version6.txt \
 	version7.txt \
+	version8.txt \
 	vi_diff.txt \
 	visual.txt \
 	windows.txt \
@@ -275,6 +276,7 @@ HTMLS = \
 	version5.html \
 	version6.html \
 	version7.html \
+	version8.html \
 	vi_diff.html \
 	vimindex.html \
 	visual.html \

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 26
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jul 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -293,6 +293,9 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |CursorMoved|		the cursor was moved in Normal mode
 |CursorMovedI|		the cursor was moved in Insert mode
 
+|WinNew|		after creating a new window
+|TabNew|		after creating a new tab page
+|TabClosed|		after closing a tab page
 |WinEnter|		after entering another window
 |WinLeave|		before leaving a window
 |TabEnter|		after entering another tab page
@@ -539,6 +542,9 @@ CursorHold			When the user doesn't press a key for the time
 				versions}
 							*CursorHoldI*
 CursorHoldI			Just like CursorHold, but in Insert mode.
+				Not triggered when waiting for another key,
+				e.g. after CTRL-V, and not when in CTRL-X mode
+				|insert_expand|.
 
 							*CursorMoved*
 CursorMoved			After the cursor was moved in Normal or Visual
@@ -871,6 +877,8 @@ Syntax				When the 'syntax' option has been set.  The
 				where this option was set, and <amatch> for
 				the new value of 'syntax'.
 				See |:syn-on|.
+							*TabClosed*
+TabClosed			After closing a tab page.
 							*TabEnter*
 TabEnter			Just after entering a tab page. |tab-page|
 				After triggering the WinEnter and before
@@ -879,6 +887,10 @@ TabEnter			Just after entering a tab page. |tab-page|
 TabLeave			Just before leaving a tab page. |tab-page|
 				A WinLeave event will have been triggered
 				first.
+							*TabNew*
+TabNew				When a tab page was created. |tab-page|
+				A WinEnter event will have been triggered
+				first, TabEnter follows.
 							*TermChanged*
 TermChanged			After the value of 'term' has changed.  Useful
 				for re-loading the syntax file to update the
@@ -964,6 +976,11 @@ WinLeave			Before leaving a window.  If the window to be
 				WinLeave autocommands (but not for ":new").
 				Not used for ":qa" or ":q" when exiting Vim.
 
+							*WinNew*
+WinNew				When a new window was created.  Not done for
+				the fist window, when Vim has just started.
+				Before a WinEnter event.
+
 ==============================================================================
 6. Patterns					*autocmd-patterns* *{pat}*
 
@@ -1201,6 +1218,8 @@ option will not cause any commands to be executed.
 			argument is present. You probably want to use
 			<nomodeline> for events that are not used when loading
 			a buffer, such as |User|.
+			Processing modelines is also skipped when no
+			matching autocommands were executed.
 
 						*:doautoa* *:doautoall*
 :doautoa[ll] [<nomodeline>] [group] {event} [fname]

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 08
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Apr 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -852,7 +852,7 @@ Examples: >
   :s/abcde/abc^Mde/		 modifies "abcde"    to "abc", "de" (two lines)
   :s/$/\^M/			 modifies "abcde"    to "abcde^M"
   :s/\w\+/\u\0/g		 modifies "bla bla"  to "Bla Bla"
-  :s/\w\+/\L\u/g		 modifies "BLA bla"  to "Bla Bla"
+  :s/\w\+/\L\u\0/g		 modifies "BLA bla"  to "Bla Bla"
 
 Note: "\L\u" can be used to capitalize the first letter of a word.  This is
 not compatible with Vi and older versions of Vim, where the "\u" would cancel
@@ -1205,7 +1205,7 @@ name '"'.  This means you have to type two double quotes.  Writing to the ""
 register writes to register "0.
 {Vi: register contents are lost when changing files, no '"'}
 
-2. Numbered registers "0 to "9		*quote_number* *quote0*	*quote1*
+2. Numbered registers "0 to "9		*quote_number* *quote0* *quote1*
 					*quote2* *quote3* *quote4* *quote9*
 Vim fills these registers with text from yank and delete commands.
    Numbered register 0 contains the text from the most recent yank command,

runtime/doc/channel.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*channel.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 26
+*channel.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jul 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -6,13 +6,9 @@
 
 		      Inter-process communication		*channel*
 
-DRAFT  DRAFT  DRAFT  DRAFT  DRAFT  DRAFT  DRAFT  DRAFT  DRAFT  DRAFT
-
 Vim uses channels to communicate with other processes.
-A channel uses a socket or pipes			*socket-interface*
+A channel uses a socket or pipes.			*socket-interface*
 Jobs can be used to start processes and communicate with them.
-
-Vim current supports up to 10 simultaneous channels.
 The Netbeans interface also uses a channel. |netbeans|
 
 1. Overview				|job-channel-overview|
@@ -61,7 +57,7 @@ Common combination are:
   crosss-refrences in a database.
 
 ==============================================================================
-2. Channel demo						*channel-demo*
+2. Channel demo				*channel-demo* *demoserver.py*
 
 This requires Python.  The demo program can be found in
 $VIMRUNTIME/tools/demoserver.py
@@ -146,11 +142,19 @@ Use |ch_status()| to see if the channel could be opened.
 		For all callbacks: Use |function()| to bind it to arguments
 		and/or a Dictionary.  Or use the form "dict.function" to bind
 		the Dictionary.
+
+		Callbacks are only called at a "safe" moment, usually when Vim
+		is waiting for the user to type a character.  Vim does not use
+		multi-threading.
+
 							*close_cb*
 "close_cb"	A function that is called when the channel gets closed, other
 		than by calling ch_close().  It should be defined like this: >
 	func MyCloseHandler(channel)
-<							*waittime*
+<		Vim will invoke callbacks that handle data before invoking
+		close_cb, thus when this function is called no more data will
+		be received.
+							*waittime*
 "waittime"	The time to wait for the connection to be made in
 		milliseconds.  A negative number waits forever.
 
@@ -200,10 +204,10 @@ Note that a channel is closed in three stages:
 When the channel can't be opened you will get an error message.  There is a
 difference between MS-Windows and Unix: On Unix when the port doesn't exist
 ch_open() fails quickly.  On MS-Windows "waittime" applies.
-*E898* *E899* *E900* *E901* *E902*
+*E898* *E901* *E902*
 
 If there is an error reading or writing a channel it will be closed.
-*E896* *E630* *E631* 
+*E630* *E631* 
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. Using a JSON or JS channel					*channel-use*
@@ -254,10 +258,6 @@ message, it must use the number zero:
 Then channel handler will then get {response} converted to Vim types.  If the
 channel does not have a handler the message is dropped.
 
-On read error or ch_close(), when using a socket with RAW or NL mode, the
-string "DETACH\n" is sent, if still possible.  The channel will then be
-inactive.
-
 It is also possible to use ch_sendraw() and ch_evalraw() on a JSON or JS
 channel.  The caller is then completely responsible for correct encoding and
 decoding.
@@ -396,6 +396,7 @@ To obtain the status of a channel: ch_status(channel).  The possible results
 are:
 	"fail"		Failed to open the channel.
 	"open"		The channel can be used.
+	"buffered"	The channel was closed but there is data to read.
 	"closed"	The channel was closed.
 
 To obtain the job associated with a channel: ch_getjob(channel)
@@ -451,7 +452,7 @@ it like this: >
     func MyHandler(channel, msg)
 
 Without the handler you need to read the output with |ch_read()| or
-|ch_readraw()|.
+|ch_readraw()|. You can do this in the close callback, see |read-in-close-cb|.
 
 The handler defined for "out_cb" will not receive stderr.  If you want to
 handle that separately, add an "err_cb" handler: >
@@ -490,6 +491,24 @@ time a line is added to the buffer, the last-but-one line will be send to the
 job stdin.  This allows for editing the last line and sending it when pressing
 Enter.
 
+NUL bytes in the text will be passed to the job (internally Vim stores these
+as NL bytes).
+
+
+Reading job output in the close callback ~
+							*read-in-close-cb*
+If the job can take some time and you don't need intermediate results, you can
+add a close callback and read the output there: >
+
+	func! CloseHandler(channel)
+	  while ch_status(a:channel) == 'buffered'
+	    echomsg ch_read(a:channel)
+	  endwhile
+	endfunc
+	let job = job_start(command, {'close_cb': 'CloseHandler'})
+
+You will want to do something more useful than "echomsg".
+
 ==============================================================================
 9. Starting a job without a channel			*job-start-nochannel*
 
@@ -546,20 +565,24 @@ See |job_setoptions()| and |ch_setoptions()|.
 "out_cb": handler	Callback for when there is something to read on
 			stdout.  Only for when the channel uses pipes.  When
 			"out_cb" wasn't set the channel callback is used.
+			The two arguments are the channel and the message.
 
 						*job-err_cb* *err_cb*
 "err_cb": handler	Callback for when there is something to read on
 			stderr.  Only for when the channel uses pipes.  When
 			"err_cb" wasn't set the channel callback is used.
+			The two arguments are the channel and the message.
 						*job-close_cb*
 "close_cb": handler	Callback for when the channel is closed.  Same as
-			"close_cb" on ch_open().
+			"close_cb" on |ch_open()|, see |close_cb|.
 						*job-exit_cb*
 "exit_cb": handler	Callback for when the job ends.  The arguments are the
 			job and the exit status.
 			Vim checks about every 10 seconds for jobs that ended.
-			The callback can also be triggered by calling
-			|job_status()|.
+			The check also be triggered by calling |job_status()|,
+			which may then invoke the exit_cb handler.
+			Note that data can be buffered, callbacks may still be
+			called after the process ends.
 							*job-timeout*
 "timeout"		The time to wait for a request when blocking, E.g.
 			when using ch_evalexpr().  In milliseconds.  The
@@ -603,18 +626,25 @@ See |job_setoptions()| and |ch_setoptions()|.
 "out_io": "null"	disconnect stdout (goes to /dev/null)
 "out_io": "pipe"	stdout is connected to the channel (default)
 "out_io": "file"	stdout writes to a file
-"out_io": "buffer" 	stdout appends to a buffer
+"out_io": "buffer" 	stdout appends to a buffer (see below)
 "out_name": "/path/file" the name of the file or buffer to write to
 "out_buf": number	the number of the buffer to write to
+"out_modifiable": 0	when writing to a buffer, 'modifiable' will be off
+			(see below)
 
 				*job-err_io* *err_name* *err_buf*
 "err_io": "out"		stderr messages to go to stdout
 "err_io": "null"	disconnect stderr  (goes to /dev/null)
 "err_io": "pipe"	stderr is connected to the channel (default)
 "err_io": "file"	stderr writes to a file
-"err_io": "buffer" 	stderr appends to a buffer
+"err_io": "buffer" 	stderr appends to a buffer (see below)
 "err_name": "/path/file" the name of the file or buffer to write to
 "err_buf": number	the number of the buffer to write to
+"err_modifiable": 0	when writing to a buffer, 'modifiable' will be off
+			(see below)
+
+"block_write": number	only for testing: pretend every other write to stdin
+			will block
 
 
 Writing to a buffer ~
@@ -630,19 +660,33 @@ When using JS or JSON mode with "buffer", only messages with zero or negative
 ID will be added to the buffer, after decoding + encoding.  Messages with a
 positive number will be handled by a callback, commands are handled as usual.
 
-The name of the buffer is compared the full name of existing buffers.  If
-there is a match that buffer is used.  Otherwise a new buffer is created.
-Use an empty name to always create a new buffer.  |ch_getbufnr()| can then be
-used to get the buffer number.
+The name of the buffer from "out_name" or "err_name" is compared the full name
+of existing buffers, also after expanding the name for the current directory.
+E.g., when a buffer was created with ":edit somename" and the buffer name is
+"somename" it will use that buffer.
+
+If there is no matching buffer a new buffer is created.  Use an empty name to
+always create a new buffer.  |ch_getbufnr()| can then be used to get the
+buffer number.
 
 For a new buffer 'buftype' is set to "nofile" and 'bufhidden' to "hide".  If
 you prefer other settings, create the buffer first and pass the buffer number.
 
+The "out_modifiable" and "err_modifiable" options can be used to set the
+'modifiable' option off, or write to a buffer that has 'modifiable' off.  That
+means that lines will be appended to the buffer, but the user can't easily
+change the buffer.
+
+When an existing buffer is to be written where 'modifiable' is off and the
+"out_modifiable" or "err_modifiable" options is not zero, an error is given
+and the buffer will not be written to.
+
 When the buffer written to is displayed in a window and the cursor is in the
 first column of the last line, the cursor will be moved to the newly added
 line and the window is scrolled up to show the cursor if needed.
 
-Undo is synced for every added line.
+Undo is synced for every added line.  NUL bytes are accepted (internally Vim
+stores these as NL bytes).
 
 
 Writing to a file ~

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Feb 16
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ These are the common ones:
 To avoid the special meaning of the wildcards prepend a backslash.  However,
 on MS-Windows the backslash is a path separator and "path\[abc]" is still seen
 as a wildcard when "[" is in the 'isfname' option.  A simple way to avoid this
-is to use "path\[[]abc]".  Then the file "path[abc]" literally.
+is to use "path\[[]abc]", this matches the file "path\[abc]".
 
 					*starstar-wildcard*
 Expanding "**" is possible on Unix, Win32, Mac OS/X and a few other systems.
@@ -1221,7 +1221,7 @@ Examples: >
 
 If you want to always use ":confirm", set the 'confirm' option.
 
-			*:browse* *:bro* *E338* *E614* *E615* *E616* *E578*
+			*:browse* *:bro* *E338* *E614* *E615* *E616*
 :bro[wse] {command}	Open a file selection dialog for an argument to
 			{command}.  At present this works for |:e|, |:w|,
 			|:wall|, |:wq|, |:wqall|, |:x|, |:xall|, |:exit|,

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Dec 06
+*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jun 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -579,12 +579,56 @@ CTRL-]		Jump to the manual page for the word under the cursor.
 CTRL-T		Jump back to the previous manual page.
 q		Same as ":quit"
 
+To use a vertical split instead of horizontal: >
+	let g:ft_man_open_mode = 'vert'
+To use a new tab: >
+	let g:ft_man_open_mode = 'tab'
+
 To enable folding use this: >
   	let g:ft_man_folding_enable = 1
 If you do not like the default folding, use an autocommand to add your desired
 folding style instead.  For example: >
         autocmd FileType man setlocal foldmethod=indent foldenable
 
+You may also want to set 'keywordprg' to make the |K| command open a manual
+page in a Vim window: >
+	set keywordprg=:Man
+
+
+MANPAGER				      *manpager.vim*
+
+The :Man command allows you to turn Vim into a manpager (that syntax highlights
+manpages and follows linked manpages on hitting CTRL-]).
+
+Works on:
+
+  - Linux
+  - Mac OS
+  - FreeBSD
+  - Cygwin
+  - Win 10 under Bash
+
+Untested:
+
+  - Amiga OS
+  - BeOS
+  - OS/2
+
+For bash,zsh,ksh or dash by adding to the config file (.bashrc,.zshrc, ...)
+
+	export MANPAGER="env MAN_PN=1 vim -M +MANPAGER -"
+
+For (t)csh by adding to the config file
+
+	setenv MANPAGER "env MAN_PN=1 vim -M +MANPAGER -"
+
+For fish by adding to the config file
+
+	set -x MANPAGER "env MAN_PN=1 vim -M +MANPAGER -"
+
+If man sets the $MAN_PN environment variable, like man-db, the most common
+implementation on Linux and Mac OS, then the "env MAN_PN=1 " part above is
+superfluous.
 
 PDF							*ft-pdf-plugin*
 

runtime/doc/gui_x11.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Mar 08
+*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Apr 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ If a name is used that exists on other systems, but not in X11, the default
 "arrow" pointer is used.
 
 ==============================================================================
-5. GTK version						*gui-gtk* *GTK+* *GTK*
+5. GTK version					*gui-gtk* *GTK+* *GTK* *GTK3*
 
 The GTK version of the GUI works a little bit different.
 

runtime/doc/help.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*help.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Feb 27
+*help.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 31
 
 			VIM - main help file
 									 k
@@ -178,6 +178,7 @@ Versions ~
 |version5.txt|	Differences between Vim version 4.6 and 5.x
 |version6.txt|	Differences between Vim version 5.7 and 6.x
 |version7.txt|	Differences between Vim version 6.4 and 7.x
+|version8.txt|	Differences between Vim version 7.4 and 8.x
 						*sys-file-list*
 Remarks about specific systems ~
 |os_390.txt|	OS/390 Unix

runtime/doc/helphelp.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 26
+*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Apr 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -263,7 +263,9 @@ The second one finds the English user manual, even when 'helplang' is set to
 
 When using command-line completion for the ":help" command, the "@en"
 extension is only shown when a tag exists for multiple languages.  When the
-tag only exists for English "@en" is omitted.
+tag only exists for English "@en" is omitted.  When the first candidate has an
+"@ab" extension and it matches the first language in 'helplang' "@ab" is also
+omitted.
 
 When using |CTRL-]| or ":help!" in a non-English help file Vim will try to
 find the tag in the same language.  If not found then 'helplang' will be used
@@ -320,6 +322,10 @@ aligned on a line.
 When referring to an existing help tag and to create a hot-link, place the
 name between two bars (|) eg. |help-writing|.
 
+When referring to a Vim command and to create a hot-link, place the
+name between two backticks, eg. inside `:filetype`.  You will see this is
+highlighted as a command, like a code block (see below).
+
 When referring to a Vim option in the help file, place the option name between
 two single quotes, eg. 'statusline'
 

runtime/doc/if_cscop.txt

@@ -97,8 +97,8 @@ command does the same and also splits the window (short: "scs").
 
 The available subcommands are:
 
-			*E563* *E564* *E566* *E568* *E569* *E622* *E623*
-			*E625* *E626* *E609*
+			*E563* *E564* *E566* *E568* *E622* *E623* *E625*
+			*E626* *E609*
     add   : Add a new cscope database/connection.
 
 	USAGE	:cs add {file|dir} [pre-path] [flags]
@@ -129,6 +129,7 @@ The available subcommands are:
 		6 or e: Find this egrep pattern
 		7 or f: Find this file
 		8 or i: Find files #including this file
+		9 or a: Find places where this symbol is assigned a value
 
 	For all types, except 4 and 6, leading white space for {name} is
 	removed.  For 4 and 6 there is exactly one space between {querytype}
@@ -255,13 +256,13 @@ started will have no effect!
 {not available when compiled without the |+quickfix| feature}
 'cscopequickfix' specifies whether to use quickfix window to show cscope
 results.  This is a list of comma-separated values. Each item consists of
-|cscope-find| command (s, g, d, c, t, e, f or i) and flag (+, - or 0).
+|cscope-find| command (s, g, d, c, t, e, f, i or a) and flag (+, - or 0).
 '+' indicates that results must be appended to quickfix window,
 '-' implies previous results clearance, '0' or command absence - don't use
 quickfix.  Search is performed from start until first command occurrence.
 The default value is "" (don't use quickfix anyway).  The following value
 seems to be useful: >
-	:set cscopequickfix=s-,c-,d-,i-,t-,e-
+	:set cscopequickfix=s-,c-,d-,i-,t-,e-,a-
 <
 							*cscopetag* *cst*
 If 'cscopetag' is set, the commands ":tag" and CTRL-] as well as "vim -t"
@@ -422,6 +423,7 @@ Cscope Home Page (http://cscope.sourceforge.net/): >
 	nmap <C-_>f :cs find f <C-R>=expand("<cfile>")<CR><CR>
 	nmap <C-_>i :cs find i ^<C-R>=expand("<cfile>")<CR>$<CR>
 	nmap <C-_>d :cs find d <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+	nmap <C-_>a :cs find a <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
 
 	" Using 'CTRL-spacebar' then a search type makes the vim window
 	" split horizontally, with search result displayed in
@@ -435,6 +437,7 @@ Cscope Home Page (http://cscope.sourceforge.net/): >
 	nmap <C-Space>f :scs find f <C-R>=expand("<cfile>")<CR><CR>
 	nmap <C-Space>i :scs find i ^<C-R>=expand("<cfile>")<CR>$<CR>
 	nmap <C-Space>d :scs find d <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+	nmap <C-Space>a :scs find a <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
 
 	" Hitting CTRL-space *twice* before the search type does a vertical
 	" split instead of a horizontal one
@@ -453,6 +456,8 @@ Cscope Home Page (http://cscope.sourceforge.net/): >
 		\:vert scs find i ^<C-R>=expand("<cfile>")<CR>$<CR>
 	nmap <C-Space><C-Space>d
 		\:vert scs find d <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+	nmap <C-Space><C-Space>a
+		\:vert scs find a <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
 
 ==============================================================================
 7. Cscope availability and information			*cscope-info*

runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt

@@ -653,10 +653,37 @@ vim.List object					*python-List*
         class List(vim.List):		# Subclassing
 
 vim.Function object				*python-Function*
-    Function-like object, acting like vim |Funcref| object. Supports `.name` 
-    attribute and is callable. Accepts special keyword argument `self`, see 
-    |Dictionary-function|. You can also use `vim.Function(name)` constructor, 
-    it is the same as `vim.bindeval('function(%s)'%json.dumps(name))`.
+    Function-like object, acting like vim |Funcref| object. Accepts special 
+    keyword argument `self`, see |Dictionary-function|. You can also use 
+    `vim.Function(name)` constructor, it is the same as 
+    `vim.bindeval('function(%s)'%json.dumps(name))`.
+
+    Attributes (read-only):
+        Attribute    Description ~
+        name         Function name.
+        args         `None` or a |python-List| object with arguments.  Note 
+                     that this is a copy of the arguments list, constructed 
+                     each time you request this attribute. Modifications made 
+                     to the list will be ignored (but not to the containers 
+                     inside argument list: this is like |copy()| and not 
+                     |deepcopy()|).
+        self         `None` or a |python-Dictionary| object with self 
+                     dictionary. Note that explicit `self` keyword used when 
+                     calling resulting object overrides this attribute.
+        auto_rebind  Boolean. True if partial created from this Python object 
+                     and stored in the VimL dictionary should be automatically 
+                     rebound to the dictionary it is stored in when this 
+                     dictionary is indexed. Exposes Vim internal difference 
+                     between `dict.func` (auto_rebind=True) and 
+                     `function(dict.func,dict)` (auto_rebind=False). This 
+                     attribute makes no sense if `self` attribute is `None`.
+
+    Constructor additionally accepts `args`, `self` and `auto_rebind` 
+    keywords.  If `args` and/or `self` argument is given then it constructs 
+    a partial, see |function()|.  `auto_rebind` is only used when `self` 
+    argument is given, otherwise it is assumed to be `True` regardless of 
+    whether it was given or not.  If `self` is given then it defaults to 
+    `False`.
 
     Examples: >
         f = vim.Function('tr')			# Constructor
@@ -670,6 +697,11 @@ vim.Function object				*python-Function*
         print f(self={})			# Like call('DictFun', [], {})
         print isinstance(f, vim.Function)	# True
 
+        p = vim.Function('DictFun', self={})
+        print f()
+        p = vim.Function('tr', args=['abc', 'a'])
+        print f('b')
+
 ==============================================================================
 8. pyeval() and py3eval() Vim functions			*python-pyeval*
 
@@ -714,7 +746,7 @@ if the `:py3` command is working: >
 	:py3 print("Hello")
 <							*:py3file*
 The `:py3file` command works similar to `:pyfile`.
-							*:py3do* *E863*
+							*:py3do*
 The `:py3do` command works similar to `:pydo`.
 
 

runtime/doc/if_tcl.txt

@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ The Tcl Interface to Vim				*tcl* *Tcl* *TCL*
 8. Examples				|tcl-examples|
 9. Dynamic loading			|tcl-dynamic|
 
-{Vi does not have any of these commands} *E280* *E281*
+{Vi does not have any of these commands} *E280*
 
 The Tcl interface only works when Vim was compiled with the |+tcl| feature.
 

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ PHP indenting can be altered in several ways by modifying the values of some
 global variables:
 
 					*php-comment* *PHP_autoformatcomment*
-To not enable auto-formating of comments by default (if you want to use your
+To not enable auto-formatting of comments by default (if you want to use your
 own 'formatoptions'): >
     :let g:PHP_autoformatcomment = 0
 

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 12
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jul 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -49,6 +49,7 @@ tag		char		action in Insert mode	~
 |i_CTRL-G_k|	CTRL-G k	line up, to column where inserting started
 |i_CTRL-G_k|	CTRL-G <Up>	line up, to column where inserting started
 |i_CTRL-G_u|	CTRL-G u	start new undoable edit
+|i_CTRL-G_U|	CTRL-G U	don't break undo with next cursor movement
 |i_<BS>|	<BS>		delete character before the cursor
 |i_digraph|	{char1}<BS>{char2}
 				enter digraph (only when 'digraph' option set)
@@ -859,6 +860,7 @@ tag		command	      note action in Visual mode	~
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 |v_CTRL-\_CTRL-N| CTRL-\ CTRL-N	   stop Visual mode
 |v_CTRL-\_CTRL-G| CTRL-\ CTRL-G	   go to mode specified with 'insertmode'
+|v_CTRL-A|	CTRL-A		2  add N to number in highlighted text
 |v_CTRL-C|	CTRL-C		   stop Visual mode
 |v_CTRL-G|	CTRL-G		   toggle between Visual mode and Select mode
 |v_<BS>|	<BS>		2  Select mode: delete highlighted area
@@ -867,6 +869,7 @@ tag		command	      note action in Visual mode	~
 				   command
 |v_CTRL-V|	CTRL-V		   make Visual mode blockwise or stop Visual
 				   mode
+|v_CTRL-X|	CTRL-X		2  subtract N from number in highlighted text
 |v_<Esc>|	<Esc>		   stop Visual mode
 |v_CTRL-]|	CTRL-]		   jump to highlighted tag
 |v_!|		!{filter}	2  filter the highlighted lines through the
@@ -923,6 +926,8 @@ tag		command	      note action in Visual mode	~
 |v_a}|		a}		   same as aB
 |v_c|		c		2  delete highlighted area and start insert
 |v_d|		d		2  delete highlighted area
+|v_g_CTRL-A|	g CTRL-A	2  add N to number in highlighted text
+|v_g_CTRL-X|	g CTRL-X	2  subtract N from number in highlighted text
 |v_gJ|		gJ		2  join the highlighted lines without
 				   inserting spaces
 |v_gq|		gq		2  format the highlighted lines
@@ -1134,6 +1139,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:caddfile|	:caddf[ile]	add error message to current quickfix list
 |:call|		:cal[l]		call a function
 |:catch|	:cat[ch]	part of a :try command
+|:cbottom|	:cbo[ttom]	scroll to the bottom of the quickfix window
 |:cbuffer|	:cb[uffer]	parse error messages and jump to first error
 |:cc|		:cc		go to specific error
 |:cclose|	:ccl[ose]	close quickfix window
@@ -1151,8 +1157,10 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:chdir|	:chd[ir]	change directory
 |:checkpath|	:che[ckpath]	list included files
 |:checktime|	:checkt[ime]	check timestamp of loaded buffers
-|:clist|	:cl[ist]	list all errors
+|:chistory|	:chi[story]	list the error lists
 |:clast|	:cla[st]	go to the specified error, default last one
+|:clearjumps|	:cle[arjumps]	clear the jump list
+|:clist|	:cl[ist]	list all errors
 |:close|	:clo[se]	close current window
 |:cmap|		:cm[ap]		like ":map" but for Command-line mode
 |:cmapclear|	:cmapc[lear]	clear all mappings for Command-line mode
@@ -1293,6 +1301,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:last|		:la[st]		go to the last file in the argument list
 |:language|	:lan[guage]	set the language (locale)
 |:later|	:lat[er]	go to newer change, redo
+|:lbottom|	:lbo[ttom]	scroll to the bottom of the location window
 |:lbuffer|	:lb[uffer]	parse locations and jump to first location
 |:lcd|		:lc[d]		change directory locally
 |:lchdir|	:lch[dir]	change directory locally
@@ -1312,6 +1321,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:lgrep|	:lgr[ep]	run 'grepprg' and jump to first match
 |:lgrepadd|	:lgrepa[dd]	like :grep, but append to current list
 |:lhelpgrep|	:lh[elpgrep]	like ":helpgrep" but uses location list
+|:lhistory|	:lhi[story]	list the location lists
 |:ll|		:ll		go to specific location
 |:llast|	:lla[st]	go to the specified location, default last one
 |:llist|	:lli[st]	list all locations

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jan 10
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jul 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1274,6 +1274,7 @@ completion can be enabled:
 	-complete=mapping	mapping name
 	-complete=menu		menus
 	-complete=option	options
+	-complete=packadd	optional package |pack-add| names
 	-complete=shellcmd	Shell command
 	-complete=sign		|:sign| suboptions
 	-complete=syntax	syntax file names |'syntax'|
@@ -1358,7 +1359,7 @@ Possible attributes are:
 Note that -range=N and -count=N are mutually exclusive - only one should be
 specified.
 
-					*E889* *:command-addr*
+					*:command-addr*
 It is possible that the special characters in the range like ., $ or % which
 by default correspond to the current line, last line and the whole buffer,
 relate to arguments, (loaded) buffers, windows or tab pages.
@@ -1411,6 +1412,27 @@ The valid escape sequences are
 	<bang>	(See the '-bang' attribute) Expands to a ! if the
 		command was executed with a ! modifier, otherwise
 		expands to nothing.
+						*<mods>*
+	<mods>  The command modifiers, if specified. Otherwise, expands to
+		nothing. Supported modifiers are |:aboveleft|, |:belowright|,
+		|:botright|, |:browse|, |:confirm|, |:hide|, |:keepalt|,
+		|:keepjumps|, |:keepmarks|, |:keeppatterns|, |:lockmarks|,
+		|:noswapfile|, |:silent|, |:tab|, |:topleft|, |:verbose|, and
+		|:vertical|.
+		Examples: >
+		    command! -nargs=+ -complete=file MyEdit
+				\ for f in expand(<q-args>, 0, 1) |
+				\ exe '<mods> split ' . f |
+				\ endfor
+
+		    function! SpecialEdit(files, mods)
+			for f in expand(a:files, 0, 1)
+			    exe a:mods . ' split ' . f
+			endfor
+		    endfunction
+		    command! -nargs=+ -complete=file Sedit
+				\ call SpecialEdit(<q-args>, <q-mods>)
+<
 						*<reg>* *<register>*
 	<reg>	(See the '-register' attribute) The optional register,
 		if specified.  Otherwise, expands to nothing.  <register>

runtime/doc/message.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*message.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Feb 27
+*message.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jul 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -19,6 +19,15 @@ The ":messages" command can be used to view previously given messages.  This
 is especially useful when messages have been overwritten or truncated.  This
 depends on the 'shortmess' option.
 
+	:messages		Show all messages.
+
+	:{count}messages	Show the {count} most recent messages.
+
+	:messages clear		Clear all messages.
+
+	:{count}messages clear	Clear messages, keeping only the {count} most
+				recent ones.
+
 The number of remembered messages is fixed at 20 for the tiny version and 200
 for other versions.
 
@@ -58,8 +67,9 @@ If you are lazy, it also works without the shift key: >
 When an error message is displayed, but it is removed before you could read
 it, you can see it again with: >
   :echo errmsg
-or view a list of recent messages with: >
+Or view a list of recent messages with: >
   :messages
+See `:messages` above.
 
 
 LIST OF MESSAGES
@@ -663,6 +673,12 @@ You must be using an awful lot of buffers.  It's now possible that two buffers
 have the same number, which causes various problems.  You might want to exit
 Vim and restart it.
 
+							*E931*  >
+  Buffer cannot be registered
+
+Out of memory or a duplicate buffer number.  May happen after W14.  Looking up
+a buffer will not always work, better restart Vim.
+
 							*E296* *E297*  >
   Seek error in swap file write
   Write error in swap file

runtime/doc/motion.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jun 06
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jul 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ i[			"inner [] block", select [count] '[' ']' blocks.  This
 			When used in Visual mode it is made characterwise.
 
 a)							*v_a)* *a)* *a(*
-a(							*v_ab* *v_a(* *ab*
+a(							*vab* *v_ab* *v_a(* *ab*
 ab			"a block", select [count] blocks, from "[count] [(" to
 			the matching ')', including the '(' and ')' (see
 			|[(|).  Does not include white space outside of the
@@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ ab			"a block", select [count] blocks, from "[count] [(" to
 			When used in Visual mode it is made characterwise.
 
 i)							*v_i)* *i)* *i(*
-i(							*v_ib* *v_i(* *ib*
+i(							*vib* *v_ib* *v_i(* *ib*
 ib			"inner block", select [count] blocks, from "[count] [("
 			to the matching ')', excluding the '(' and ')' (see
 			|[(|).
@@ -1027,7 +1027,8 @@ unless the line containing that position was changed or deleted.
 
 							*CTRL-O*
 CTRL-O			Go to [count] Older cursor position in jump list
-			(not a motion command).  {not in Vi}
+			(not a motion command).
+			{not in Vi}
 			{not available without the |+jumplist| feature}
 
 <Tab>		or					*CTRL-I* *<Tab>*
@@ -1037,8 +1038,14 @@ CTRL-I			Go to [count] newer cursor position in jump list
 			{not available without the |+jumplist| feature}
 
 							*:ju* *:jumps*
-:ju[mps]		Print the jump list (not a motion command).  {not in
-			Vi} {not available without the |+jumplist| feature}
+:ju[mps]		Print the jump list (not a motion command).
+			{not in Vi}
+			{not available without the |+jumplist| feature}
+
+							*:cle* *:clearjumps*
+:cle[arjumps]		Clear the jump list of the current window.
+			{not in Vi}
+			{not available without the |+jumplist| feature}
 
 							*jumplist*
 Jumps are remembered in a jump list.  With the CTRL-O and CTRL-I command you

runtime/doc/netbeans.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Feb 18
+*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jul 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur et al.
@@ -59,6 +59,8 @@ Current projects using the NetBeans protocol of Vim are:
 
 Check the specific project pages to see how to use Vim with these projects.
 
+An alternative is to use a channel, see |channel|.
+
 In the rest of this help page, we will use the term "Vim Controller" to
 describe the program controlling Vim through the NetBeans socket interface.
 
@@ -827,7 +829,7 @@ REJECT		Not used.
 These errors occur when a message violates the protocol:
 *E627* *E628* *E629* *E632* *E633* *E634* *E635* *E636*
 *E637* *E638* *E639* *E640* *E641* *E642* *E643* *E644* *E645* *E646*
-*E647* *E648* *E649* *E650* *E651* *E652* *E653* *E654*
+*E647* *E648* *E649* *E650* *E651* *E652*
 
 
 ==============================================================================

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 24
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jul 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1070,7 +1070,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 	Note that environment variables are not expanded.  If you want to use
 	$HOME you must expand it explicitly, e.g.: >
-		:let backupskip = escape(expand('$HOME'), '\') . '/tmp/*'
+		:let &backupskip = escape(expand('$HOME'), '\') . '/tmp/*'
 
 <	Note that the default also makes sure that "crontab -e" works (when a
 	backup would be made by renaming the original file crontab won't see
@@ -1103,6 +1103,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 	v:beval_bufnr	number of the buffer in which balloon is going to show
 	v:beval_winnr	number of the window
+	v:beval_winid	ID of the window
 	v:beval_lnum	line number
 	v:beval_col	column number (byte index)
 	v:beval_text	word under or after the mouse pointer
@@ -1245,7 +1246,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	break if 'linebreak' is on.  Only works for ASCII and also for 8-bit
 	characters when 'encoding' is an 8-bit encoding.
 
-				*'breakindent'* *'bri'* *'nobreakindent'* *'nobri'*
+			*'breakindent'* *'bri'* *'nobreakindent'* *'nobri'*
 'breakindent' 'bri'	boolean (default off)
 			local to window
 			{not in Vi}
@@ -1426,8 +1427,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Only non-printable keys are allowed.
 	The key can be specified as a single character, but it is difficult to
 	type.  The preferred way is to use the <> notation.  Examples: >
-		:set cedit=<C-Y>
-		:set cedit=<Esc>
+		:exe "set cedit=\<C-Y>"
+		:exe "set cedit=\<Esc>"
 <	|Nvi| also has this option, but it only uses the first character.
 	See |cmdwin|.
 
@@ -2646,7 +2647,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	also 'gdefault' option.
 	Switching this option on is discouraged!
 
-						*'emoji'* *'emo'*
+					*'emoji'* *'emo'* *'noemoji'* *'noemo'*
 'emoji' 'emo'	boolean (default: on)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
@@ -3336,6 +3337,41 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
 	evaluating 'foldtext' |textlock|.
 
+						*'formatexpr'* *'fex'*
+'formatexpr' 'fex'	string (default "")
+			local to buffer
+			{not in Vi}
+			{not available when compiled without the |+eval|
+			feature}
+	Expression which is evaluated to format a range of lines for the |gq|
+	operator or automatic formatting (see 'formatoptions').  When this
+	option is empty 'formatprg' is used.
+
+	The |v:lnum|  variable holds the first line to be formatted.
+	The |v:count| variable holds the number of lines to be formatted.
+	The |v:char|  variable holds the character that is going to be
+		      inserted if the expression is being evaluated due to
+		      automatic formatting.  This can be empty.  Don't insert
+		      it yet!
+
+	Example: >
+		:set formatexpr=mylang#Format()
+<	This will invoke the mylang#Format() function in the
+	autoload/mylang.vim file in 'runtimepath'. |autoload|
+
+	The expression is also evaluated when 'textwidth' is set and adding
+	text beyond that limit.  This happens under the same conditions as
+	when internal formatting is used.  Make sure the cursor is kept in the
+	same spot relative to the text then!  The |mode()| function will
+	return "i" or "R" in this situation.
+	
+	When the expression evaluates to non-zero Vim will fall back to using
+	the internal format mechanism.
+
+	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| when set from a
+	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.  That stops the option from working,
+	since changing the buffer text is not allowed.
+
 					*'formatoptions'* *'fo'*
 'formatoptions' 'fo'	string (Vim default: "tcq", Vi default: "vt")
 			local to buffer
@@ -3379,41 +3415,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
-						*'formatexpr'* *'fex'*
-'formatexpr' 'fex'	string (default "")
-			local to buffer
-			{not in Vi}
-			{not available when compiled without the |+eval|
-			feature}
-	Expression which is evaluated to format a range of lines for the |gq|
-	operator or automatic formatting (see 'formatoptions').  When this
-	option is empty 'formatprg' is used.
-
-	The |v:lnum|  variable holds the first line to be formatted.
-	The |v:count| variable holds the number of lines to be formatted.
-	The |v:char|  variable holds the character that is going to be
-		      inserted if the expression is being evaluated due to
-		      automatic formatting.  This can be empty.  Don't insert
-		      it yet!
-
-	Example: >
-		:set formatexpr=mylang#Format()
-<	This will invoke the mylang#Format() function in the
-	autoload/mylang.vim file in 'runtimepath'. |autoload|
-
-	The expression is also evaluated when 'textwidth' is set and adding
-	text beyond that limit.  This happens under the same conditions as
-	when internal formatting is used.  Make sure the cursor is kept in the
-	same spot relative to the text then!  The |mode()| function will
-	return "i" or "R" in this situation.
-	
-	When the expression evaluates to non-zero Vim will fall back to using
-	the internal format mechanism.
-
-	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| when set from a
-	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.  That stops the option from working,
-	since changing the buffer text is not allowed.
-
 					*'fsync'* *'fs'* *'nofsync'* *'nofs'*
 'fsync' 'fs'		boolean	(default on)
 			global
@@ -3634,6 +3635,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		      HANGEUL, HEBREW, JOHAB, MAC, OEM, RUSSIAN, SHIFTJIS,
 		      SYMBOL, THAI, TURKISH, VIETNAMESE ANSI and BALTIC.
 		      Normally you would use "cDEFAULT".
+		qXX - quality XX.  Valid quality names are: PROOF, DRAFT,
+		      ANTIALIASED, NONANTIALIASED, CLEARTYPE, DEFAULT.
+		      Normally you would use "qDEFAULT".
+		      Some quality values isn't supported in legacy OSs.
 
 	  Use a ':' to separate the options.
 	- A '_' can be used in the place of a space, so you don't need to use
@@ -4583,16 +4588,18 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 					*'keywordprg'* *'kp'*
 'keywordprg' 'kp'	string	(default "man" or "man -s",  DOS: ":help",
-						OS/2: "view /", VMS: "help")
+								  VMS: "help")
 			global or local to buffer |global-local|
 			{not in Vi}
 	Program to use for the |K| command.  Environment variables are
 	expanded |:set_env|.  ":help" may be used to access the Vim internal
 	help.  (Note that previously setting the global option to the empty
 	value did this, which is now deprecated.)
-	When "man" is used, Vim will automatically translate a count for the
-	"K" command to a section number.  Also for "man -s", in which case the
-	"-s" is removed when there is no count.
+	When the first character is ":", the command is invoked as a Vim
+	Ex command prefixed with [count].
+	When "man", "man -s" or an Ex command is used, Vim will automatically
+	translate a count for the "K" command and pass it as the first
+	argument.  For "man -s" the "-s" is removed when there is no count.
 	See |option-backslash| about including spaces and backslashes.
 	Example: >
 		:set keywordprg=man\ -s
@@ -4859,6 +4866,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			feature}
 	Specifies the name of the Lua shared library. The default is
 	DYNAMIC_LUA_DLL, which was specified at compile time.
+	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
@@ -5026,7 +5034,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	without a limit.
 	On 64 bit machines higher values might work.  But hey, do you really
 	need more than 2 Gbyte for text editing?  Keep in mind that text is
-	stored in the swap file, one can edit files > 2 Gbyte anyay.  We do
+	stored in the swap file, one can edit files > 2 Gbyte anyway.  We do
 	need the memory to store undo info.
 	Also see 'maxmem'.
 
@@ -5586,6 +5594,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			feature}
 	Specifies the name of the Perl shared library. The default is
 	DYNAMIC_PERL_DLL, which was specified at compile time.
+	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
@@ -5723,6 +5732,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			feature}
 	Specifies the name of the Python 2.x shared library. The default is
 	DYNAMIC_PYTHON_DLL, which was specified at compile time.
+	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
@@ -5734,6 +5744,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			feature}
 	Specifies the name of the Python 3 shared library. The default is
 	DYNAMIC_PYTHON3_DLL, which was specified at compile time.
+	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
@@ -5964,6 +5975,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			feature}
 	Specifies the name of the Ruby shared library. The default is
 	DYNAMIC_RUBY_DLL, which was specified at compile time.
+	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
@@ -6054,6 +6066,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  keymap/	key mapping files |mbyte-keymap|
 	  lang/		menu translations |:menutrans|
 	  menu.vim	GUI menus |menu.vim|
+	  pack/		packages |:packadd|
 	  plugin/	plugin scripts |write-plugin|
 	  print/	files for printing |postscript-print-encoding|
 	  spell/	spell checking files |spell|
@@ -6075,6 +6088,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   personal preferences to overrule or add to the distributed defaults
 	   or system-wide settings (rarely needed).
 
+	More entries are added when using |packages|.
+
 	Note that, unlike 'path', no wildcards like "**" are allowed.  Normal
 	wildcards are allowed, but can significantly slow down searching for
 	runtime files.  For speed, use as few items as possible and avoid
@@ -6440,6 +6455,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The |FilterReadPre|, |FilterReadPost| and |FilterWritePre|,
 	|FilterWritePost| autocommands event are not triggered when
 	'shelltemp' is off.
+	The `system()` function does not respect this option and always uses
+	temp files.
 
 						*'shelltype'* *'st'*
 'shelltype' 'st'	number	(default 0)
@@ -7458,6 +7475,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			feature}
 	Specifies the name of the Tcl shared library. The default is
 	DYNAMIC_TCL_DLL, which was specified at compile time.
+	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
@@ -7529,6 +7547,18 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		:set encoding=utf-8
 <	You need to do this when your system has no locale support for UTF-8.
 
+						*'termguicolors'* *'tgc'*
+'termguicolors' 'tgc'	boolean (default off)
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+			{not available when compiled without the
+			|+termguicolors| feature}
+	When on, uses |highlight-guifg| and |highlight-guibg| attributes in
+	the terminal (thus using 24-bit color). Requires a ISO-8613-3
+	compatible terminal.
+	If setting this option does not work (produces a colorless UI)
+	reading |xterm-true-color| might help.
+
 						*'terse'* *'noterse'*
 'terse'			boolean	(default off)
 			global
@@ -8152,10 +8182,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		has been used since the last search command.
 							*viminfo-n*
 	n	Name of the viminfo file.  The name must immediately follow
-		the 'n'.  Must be the last one!  If the "-i" argument was
-		given when starting Vim, that file name overrides the one
-		given here with 'viminfo'.  Environment variables are expanded
-		when opening the file, not when setting the option.
+		the 'n'.  Must be at the end of the option!  If the "-i"
+		argument was given when starting Vim, that file name overrides
+		the one given here with 'viminfo'.  Environment variables are
+		expanded when opening the file, not when setting the option.
 							*viminfo-r*
 	r	Removable media.  The argument is a string (up to the next
 		',').  This parameter can be given several times.  Each
@@ -8640,7 +8670,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'writedelay' 'wd'	number	(default 0)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
-	The number of microseconds to wait for each character sent to the
+	The number of milliseconds to wait for each character sent to the
 	screen.  When non-zero, characters are sent to the terminal one by
 	one.  For MS-DOS pcterm this does not work.  For debugging purposes.
 

runtime/doc/os_beos.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_beos.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2010 Aug 14
+*os_beos.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -248,8 +248,9 @@ reality.  Vim uses this mapping:
     Button 3 -> MiddleMouse.
 
 If your mouse has fewer than 3 buttons you can provide your own mapping from
-mouse clicks with modifier(s) to other mouse buttons.  See the file
-vim-5.x/macros/swapmous.vim for an example.		|gui-mouse-mapping|
+mouse clicks with modifier(s) to other mouse buttons.  See the swapmouse
+package for an example:					 |gui-mouse-mapping|
+$VIMRUNTIME/pack/dist/opt/swapmouse/plugin/swapmouse.vim
 
 
 12. Color names						*beos-colors*

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jan 03
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jun 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ An atom can be followed by an indication of how many times the atom can be
 matched and in what way.  This is called a multi.  See |/multi| for an
 overview.
 
-						*/star* */\star* *E56*
+							*/star* */\star*
 *	(use \* when 'magic' is not set)
 	Matches 0 or more of the preceding atom, as many as possible.
 	Example  'nomagic'	matches ~
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ overview.
 	the end of the file and then tries matching "END", backing up one
 	character at a time.
 
-							*/\+* *E57*
+							*/\+*
 \+	Matches 1 or more of the preceding atom, as many as possible. {not in
 	Vi}
 	Example		matches ~
@@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ overview.
 \?	Just like \=.  Cannot be used when searching backwards with the "?"
 	command. {not in Vi}
 
-					*/\{* *E58* *E60* *E554* *E870*
+					*/\{* *E60* *E554* *E870*
 \{n,m}	Matches n to m of the preceding atom, as many as possible
 \{n}	Matches n of the preceding atom
 \{n,}	Matches at least n of the preceding atom, as many as possible
@@ -954,14 +954,18 @@ $	At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
 <	When 'hlsearch' is set and you move the cursor around and make changes
 	this will clearly show when the match is updated or not.
 	To match the text up to column 17: >
-		/.*\%17v
-<	Column 17 is included, because that's where the "\%17v" matches,
-	even though this is a |/zero-width| match.  Adding a dot to match the
-	next character has the same result: >
-		/.*\%17v.
+		/^.*\%17v
+<	Column 17 is not included, because this is a |/zero-width| match. To
+	include the column use: >
+		/^.*\%17v.
 <	This command does the same thing, but also matches when there is no
 	character in column 17: >
-		/.*\%<18v.
+		/^.*\%<18v.
+<	Note that without the "^" to anchor the match in the first column,
+	this will also highlight column 17: >
+		/.*\%17v
+<	Column 17 is highlighted by 'hlsearch' because there is another match
+	where ".*" matches zero characters.
 <
 
 Character classes: {not in Vi}
@@ -1079,8 +1083,8 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 	  belonging to that character class.  The following character classes
 	  are supported:
 			  Name		Contents ~
-*[:alnum:]*		  [:alnum:]     letters and digits
-*[:alpha:]*		  [:alpha:]     letters
+*[:alnum:]*		  [:alnum:]     ASCII letters and digits
+*[:alpha:]*		  [:alpha:]     ASCII letters
 *[:blank:]*		  [:blank:]     space and tab characters
 *[:cntrl:]*		  [:cntrl:]     control characters
 *[:digit:]*		  [:digit:]     decimal digits
@@ -1088,7 +1092,7 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 *[:lower:]*		  [:lower:]     lowercase letters (all letters when
 					'ignorecase' is used)
 *[:print:]*		  [:print:]     printable characters including space
-*[:punct:]*		  [:punct:]     punctuation characters
+*[:punct:]*		  [:punct:]     ASCII punctuation characters
 *[:space:]*		  [:space:]     whitespace characters
 *[:upper:]*		  [:upper:]     uppercase letters (all letters when
 					'ignorecase' is used)
@@ -1104,8 +1108,9 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 	  '/', alphabetic, numeric, '_' or '~'.
 	  These items only work for 8-bit characters, except [:lower:] and
 	  [:upper:] also work for multi-byte characters when using the new
-	  regexp engine.  In the future these items may work for multi-byte
-	  characters.
+	  regexp engine.  See |two-engines|.  In the future these items may
+	  work for multi-byte characters.  For now, to get all "alpha"
+	  characters you can use: [[:lower:][:upper:]].
 							*/[[=* *[==]*
 	- An equivalence class.  This means that characters are matched that
 	  have almost the same meaning, e.g., when ignoring accents.  This

runtime/doc/pi_logipat.txt

@@ -1,25 +1,25 @@
-*pi_logipat.txt*	Logical Patterns				Mar 13, 2013
+*logiPat.txt*	Logical Patterns				Jun 22, 2015
 
 Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
-Copyright: (c) 2004-2013 by Charles E. Campbell	*logipat-copyright*
+Copyright: (c) 2004-2015 by Charles E. Campbell	*logiPat-copyright*
            The VIM LICENSE applies to LogiPat.vim and LogiPat.txt
            (see |copyright|) except use "LogiPat" instead of "Vim"
 	   No warranty, express or implied.  Use At-Your-Own-Risk.
 
 ==============================================================================
-1. Contents					*logipat* *logipat-contents*
+1. Contents					*logiPat* *logiPat-contents*
+
+	1. Contents.................: |logiPat-contents|
+	2. LogiPat Manual...........: |logiPat-manual|
+	3. LogiPat Examples.........: |logiPat-examples|
+	4. Caveat...................: |logiPat-caveat|
+	5. LogiPat History..........: |logiPat-history|
 
-	1. Contents.................: |logipat-contents|
-	2. LogiPat Manual...........: |logipat-manual|
-	3. LogiPat Examples.........: |logipat-examples|
-	4. Caveat...................: |logipat-caveat|
-	5. LogiPat History..........: |logipat-history|
 
 ==============================================================================
-2. LogiPat Manual			*logipat-manual* *logipat-man*
+2. LogiPat Manual			*logiPat-manual* *logiPat-man*
 
-
-	*logipat-arg* *logipat-input* *logipat-pattern* *logipat-operators*
+	*logiPat-arg* *logiPat-input* *logiPat-pattern* *logiPat-operators*
 	Boolean logic patterns are composed of
 
 			operators  ! = not
@@ -30,13 +30,12 @@ Copyright: (c) 2004-2013 by Charles E. Campbell	*logipat-copyright*
 
 	:LogiPat {boolean-logic pattern}		*:LogiPat*
 		:LogiPat is a command which takes a boolean-logic
-		argument (|logipat-arg|).
+		argument (|logiPat-arg|).
 
 	:LP {boolean-logic pattern}			*:LP*
 		:LP is a shorthand command version of :LogiPat
-		(|:LogiPat|).
 
-	:ELP {boolean-logic pattern}			*:ELP*
+	:LPE {boolean-logic pattern}			*:LPE*
 		No search is done, but the conversion from the
 		boolean logic pattern to the regular expression
 		is performed and echoed onto the display.
@@ -59,8 +58,9 @@ Copyright: (c) 2004-2013 by Charles E. Campbell	*logipat-copyright*
 	To get a " inside a pattern, as opposed to having it delimit
 	the pattern, double it.
 
+
 ==============================================================================
-3. LogiPat Examples					*logipat-examples*
+3. LogiPat Examples					*logiPat-examples*
 
 	LogiPat takes Boolean logic arguments and produces a regular
 	expression which implements the choices.  A series of examples
@@ -96,22 +96,26 @@ Copyright: (c) 2004-2013 by Charles E. Campbell	*logipat-copyright*
 
 
 ==============================================================================
-4. Caveat						*logipat-caveat*
+4. Caveat						*logiPat-caveat*
 
 	The "not" operator may be fragile; ie. it may not always play well
 	with the & (logical-and) and | (logical-or) operators.  Please try out
 	your patterns, possibly with :set hls, to insure that what is matching
 	is what you want.
 
-==============================================================================
-3. LogiPat History					*logipat-history*
 
+==============================================================================
+3. LogiPat History					*logiPat-history*
+
+	v4 Jun 22, 2015 * LogiPat has been picked up by Bram M for standard
+			  plugin distribution; hence the name change
 	v3 Sep 25, 2006 * LP_Or() fixed; it now encapsulates its output
 	                  in \%(...\) parentheses
-	   Dec 12, 2011 * |:ELP| added
+	   Dec 12, 2011 * |:LPE| added
 			* "" is mapped to a single " and left inside patterns
 	v2 May 31, 2005	* LPF and LogiPatFlags commands weren't working
 	v1 May 23, 2005	* initial release
 
+
 ==============================================================================
 vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help

runtime/doc/pi_netrw.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Feb 16
+*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Apr 20
 
 	    ------------------------------------------------
 	    NETRW REFERENCE MANUAL    by Charles E. Campbell
@@ -1525,6 +1525,7 @@ the |'isfname'| option (which is global, so netrw doesn't modify it).
 Associated setting variables:
 	|g:netrw_gx|	control how gx picks up the text under the cursor
 	|g:netrw_nogx|	prevent gx map while editing
+	|g:netrw_suppress_gx_mesg| controls gx's suppression of browser messages
 
 							*netrw_filehandler*
 
@@ -2931,6 +2932,13 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				such as listing, file removal, etc.
 				 default: ssh
 
+ *g:netrw_suppress_gx_mesg*	=1 : browsers sometimes produce messages
+				which are normally unwanted intermixed
+				with the page.
+				However, when using links, for example,
+				those messages are what the browser produces.
+				By setting this option to 0, netrw will not
+				suppress browser messages.
 
   *g:netrw_tmpfile_escape*	=' &;'
 				escape() is applied to all temporary files
@@ -3757,6 +3765,23 @@ netrw:
 ==============================================================================
 12. History						*netrw-history* {{{1
 
+	v156:	Feb 18, 2016	* Changed =~ to =~# where appropriate
+		Feb 23, 2016	* s:ComposePath(base,subdir) now uses
+				  fnameescape() on the base portion
+		Mar 01, 2016	* (gt_macki) reported where :Explore would
+				  make file unlisted. Fixed (tst943)
+		Apr 04, 2016	* (reported by John Little) netrw normally
+				  suppresses browser messages, but sometimes
+				  those "messages" are what is wanted.
+				  See |g:netrw_suppress_gx_mesg|
+		Apr 06, 2016	* (reported by Carlos Pita) deleting a remote
+				  file was giving an error message.  Fixed.
+		Apr 08, 2016	* (Charles Cooper) had a problem with an
+				  undefined b:netrw_curdir.  He also provided
+				  a fix.
+		Apr 20, 2016	* Changed s:NetrwGetBuffer(); now uses
+				  dictionaries.  Also fixed the "No Name"
+				  buffer problem.
 	v155:	Oct 29, 2015	* (Timur Fayzrakhmanov) reported that netrw's
 				  mapping of ctrl-l was not allowing refresh of
 				  other windows when it was done in a netrw

runtime/doc/pi_vimball.txt

@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
-*pi_vimball.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2012 Jan 17
+*pi_vimball.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Apr 11
 
 			       ----------------
 			       Vimball Archiver
 			       ----------------
 
-Author:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
+Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
-Copyright: (c) 2004-2012 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*Vimball-copyright*
+Copyright: (c) 2004-2015 by Charles E. Campbell		*Vimball-copyright*
 	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
 	package, including vimballPlugin.vim, vimball.vim, and pi_vimball.txt.
 	except use "vimball" instead of "VIM".  Like anything else that's free,
@@ -99,10 +99,10 @@ MAKING DIRECTORIES VIA VIMBALLS				*g:vimball_mkdir*
 
 	If it doesn't exist, then if g:vimball_mkdir doesn't exist, it is set
 	as follows: >
-	  |g:netrw_local_mkdir|, if it exists
-	  "mkdir"              , if it is executable
-	  "makedir"            , if it is executable
-	  Otherwise            , it is undefined.
+	  |g:netrw_localmkdir|, if it exists
+	  "mkdir"             , if it is executable
+	  "makedir"           , if it is executable
+	  Otherwise           , it is undefined.
 <	One may explicitly specify the directory making command using
 	g:vimball_mkdir.  This command is used to make directories that
 	are needed as indicated by the vimball.
@@ -120,8 +120,7 @@ CONTROLLING THE VIMBALL EXTRACTION DIRECTORY		*g:vimball_home*
 	source the file to extract its contents.
 
 	Extraction will only proceed if the first line of a putative vimball
-	file holds the "Vimball Archiver by Charles E. Campbell, Jr., Ph.D."
-	line.
+	file holds the "Vimball Archiver by Charles E. Campbell" line.
 
 LISTING FILES IN A VIMBALL					*:VimballList*
 
@@ -182,13 +181,16 @@ WINDOWS							*vimball-windows*
 ==============================================================================
 4. Vimball History					*vimball-history* {{{1
 
+	37 : Jul 18, 2014 * (by request of T. Miedema) added augroup around
+			    the autocmds in vimballPlugin.vim
+	     Jul 06, 2015 * there are two uses of tabc; changed to tabc!
 	34 : Sep 22, 2011 * "UseVimball path" now supports a non-full path by
 			    prepending the current directory to it.
 	33 : Apr 02, 2011 * Gave priority to *.vmb over *.vba
 			  * Changed silent! to sil! (shorter)
 			  * Safed |'swf'| setting (during vimball extraction,
 			    its now turned off)
-	32 : May 19, 2010 * (Christian Brabandt) :so someplugin.vba and
+	32 : May 19, 2010 * (Christian Brabrandt) :so someplugin.vba and
 			    :so someplugin.vba.gz (and the other supported
 			    compression types) now works
 			  * (Jan Steffens) added support for xz compression
@@ -200,6 +202,7 @@ WINDOWS							*vimball-windows*
 			    MkVimball, however, now will create *.vmb files.
 	     Feb 11, 2011 * motoyakurotsu reported an error with vimball's
 			    handling of zero-length files
+	     Feb 18, 2016 * Changed =~ to =~# where appropriate
 	30 : Dec 08, 2008 * fnameescape() inserted to protect error
 			    messaging using corrupted filenames from
 			    causing problems

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 23
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jul 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -35,11 +35,13 @@ positions in files.  For example, |:vimgrep| finds pattern matches.  You can
 use the positions in a script with the |getqflist()| function.  Thus you can
 do a lot more than the edit/compile/fix cycle!
 
-If you are using Manx's Aztec C compiler on the Amiga look here for how to use
-it with Vim: |quickfix-manx|.  If you are using another compiler you should
-save the error messages in a file and start Vim with "vim -q filename".  An
-easy way to do this is with the |:make| command (see below).  The
-'errorformat' option should be set to match the error messages from your
+If you have the error messages in a file you can start Vim with: >
+	vim -q filename
+
+From inside Vim an easy way to run a command and handle the output is with the
+|:make| command (see below).
+
+The 'errorformat' option should be set to match the error messages from your
 compiler (see |errorformat| below).
 
 						*location-list* *E776*
@@ -49,8 +51,8 @@ have a separate location list.  A location list can be associated with only
 one window.  The location list is independent of the quickfix list.
 
 When a window with a location list is split, the new window gets a copy of the
-location list.  When there are no references to a location list, the location
-list is destroyed.
+location list.  When there are no longer any references to a location list,
+the location list is destroyed.
 
 The following quickfix commands can be used.  The location list commands are
 similar to the quickfix commands, replacing the 'c' prefix in the quickfix
@@ -270,11 +272,24 @@ processing a quickfix or location list command, it will be aborted.
 			The 'switchbuf' settings are respected when jumping
 			to a buffer.
 
+:cl[ist] +{count}	List the current and next {count} valid errors.  This
+			is similar to ":clist from from+count", where "from"
+			is the current error position.
+
 :cl[ist]! [from] [, [to]]
 			List all errors.
 
-							*:lli* *:llist*
-:lli[st] [from] [, [to]]
+:cl[ist]! +{count}	List the current and next {count} error lines.  This
+                        is useful to see unrecognized lines after the current
+			one.  For example, if ":clist" shows:
+        8384 testje.java:252: error: cannot find symbol ~
+                        Then using ":cl! +3" shows the reason:
+        8384 testje.java:252: error: cannot find symbol ~
+        8385:   ZexitCode = Fmainx(); ~
+        8386:               ^ ~
+        8387:   symbol:   method Fmainx() ~
+
+:lli[st] [from] [, [to]]				*:lli* *:llist*
 			Same as ":clist", except the location list for the
 			current window is used instead of the quickfix list.
 
@@ -318,7 +333,7 @@ EXECUTE A COMMAND IN ALL THE BUFFERS IN QUICKFIX OR LOCATION LIST:
 				etc.
 <			When the current file can't be |abandon|ed and the [!]
 			is not present, the command fails.
-			When an error is detected excecution stops.
+			When an error is detected execution stops.
 			The last buffer (or where an error occurred) becomes
 			the current buffer.
 			{cmd} can contain '|' to concatenate several commands.
@@ -420,6 +435,17 @@ EXECUTE A COMMAND IN ALL THE BUFFERS IN QUICKFIX OR LOCATION LIST:
 
 							*:lw* *:lwindow*
 :lw[indow] [height]	Same as ":cwindow", except use the window showing the
+			location list for the current window.
+
+							*:cbo* *:cbottom*
+:cbo[ttom]		Put the cursor in the last line of the quickfix window
+			and scroll to make it visible.  This is useful for
+			when errors are added by an asynchronous callback.
+			Only call it once in a while if there are many
+			updates to avoid a lot of redrawing.
+
+							*:lbo* *:lbottom*
+:lbo[ttom]		Same as ":cbottom", except use the window showing the
 			location list for the current window.
 
 Normally the quickfix window is at the bottom of the screen.  If there are
@@ -457,6 +483,9 @@ expression.
 The BufWinEnter event is also triggered, again using "quickfix" for the buffer
 name.
 
+Note: When adding to an existing quickfix list the autocommand are not
+triggered.
+
 Note: Making changes in the quickfix window has no effect on the list of
 errors.  'modifiable' is off to avoid making changes.  If you delete or insert
 lines anyway, the relation between the text and the error number is messed up.
@@ -501,7 +530,7 @@ lists.  They set one of the existing error lists as the current one.
 			list, an error message is given.
 
 						*:lolder* *:lol*
-:lol[der] [count]	Same as ":colder", except use the location list for
+:lol[der] [count]	Same as `:colder`, except use the location list for
 			the current window instead of the quickfix list.
 
 						*:cnewer* *:cnew* *E381*
@@ -510,9 +539,20 @@ lists.  They set one of the existing error lists as the current one.
 			list, an error message is given.
 
 						*:lnewer* *:lnew*
-:lnew[er] [count]	Same as ":cnewer", except use the location list for
+:lnew[er] [count]	Same as `:cnewer`, except use the location list for
 			the current window instead of the quickfix list.
 
+						*:chistory* *:chi*
+:chi[story]		Show the list of error lists.  The current list is
+			marked with ">".  The output looks like:
+				  error list 1 of 3; 43 errors ~
+				> error list 2 of 3; 0 errors ~
+				  error list 3 of 3; 15 errors ~
+
+						*:lhistory* *:lhi*
+:lhi[story]		Show the list of location lists, otherwise like
+			`:chistory`.
+
 When adding a new error list, it becomes the current list.
 
 When ":colder" has been used and ":make" or ":grep" is used to add a new error

runtime/doc/quickref.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Feb 24
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jun 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -679,6 +679,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'display'	  'dy'	    list of flags for how to display text
 'eadirection'	  'ead'     in which direction 'equalalways' works
 'edcompatible'	  'ed'	    toggle flags of ":substitute" command
+'emoji'		  'emo'	    emoji characters are considered full width
 'encoding'	  'enc'     encoding used internally
 'endofline'	  'eol'     write <EOL> for last line in file
 'equalalways'	  'ea'	    windows are automatically made the same size
@@ -830,6 +831,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'printmbcharset'  'pmbcs'   CJK character set to be used for :hardcopy
 'printmbfont'	  'pmbfn'   font names to be used for CJK output of :hardcopy
 'printoptions'	  'popt'    controls the format of :hardcopy output
+'prompt'	  'prompt'  enable prompt in Ex mode
 'pumheight'	  'ph'	    maximum height of the popup menu
 'pythondll'		    name of the Python 2 dynamic library
 'pythonthreedll'	    name of the Python 3 dynamic library
@@ -914,6 +916,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'term'			    name of the terminal
 'termbidi'	  'tbidi'   terminal takes care of bi-directionality
 'termencoding'	  'tenc'    character encoding used by the terminal
+'termguicolors'	  'tgc'     use GUI colors for the terminal
 'terse'			    shorten some messages
 'textauto'	  'ta'	    obsolete, use 'fileformats'
 'textmode'	  'tx'	    obsolete, use 'fileformat'

runtime/doc/repeat.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 26
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jun 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -72,8 +72,8 @@ examples.
 The global commands work by first scanning through the [range] lines and
 marking each line where a match occurs (for a multi-line pattern, only the
 start of the match matters).
-In a second scan the [cmd] is executed for each marked line with its line
-number prepended.  For ":v" and ":g!" the command is executed for each not
+In a second scan the [cmd] is executed for each marked line, as if the cursor
+was in that line.  For ":v" and ":g!" the command is executed for each not
 marked line.  If a line is deleted its mark disappears.
 The default for [range] is the whole buffer (1,$).  Use "CTRL-C" to interrupt
 the command.  If an error message is given for a line, the command for that
@@ -232,10 +232,15 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 				pack/*/opt/{name} ~
 			The directory is added to 'runtimepath' if it wasn't
 			there yet.
+			If the directory pack/*/opt/{name}/after exists it is
+			added at the end of 'runtimepath'.
 
 			Note that {name} is the directory name, not the name
-			of the .vim file.  If the "{name}/plugin" directory
-			contains more than one file they are all sourced.
+			of the .vim file.  All the files matching the pattern
+				pack/*/opt/{name}/plugin/**/*.vim ~
+			will be sourced.  This allows for using subdirectories
+			below "plugin", just like with plugins in
+			'runtimepath'.
 
 			If the filetype detection was not enabled yet (this
 			is usually done with a "syntax enable" or "filetype
@@ -251,16 +256,25 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 			Also see |pack-add|.
 
 						*:packl* *:packloadall*
-:packloadall[!]		Load all packages in the "start" directories under
-			'packpath'.  The directories found are added to
-			'runtimepath'.
+:packl[oadall][!]	Load all packages in the "start" directory under each
+			entry in 'packpath'.
+			
+			First all the directories found are added to
+			'runtimepath', then the plugins found in the
+			directories are sourced.  This allows for a plugin to
+			depend on something of another plugin, e.g. an
+			"autoload" directory.  See |packload-two-steps| for
+			how this can be useful.
+
 			This is normally done automatically during startup,
 			after loading your .vimrc file.  With this command it
 			can be done earlier.
+
 			Packages will be loaded only once.  After this command
 			it won't happen again.  When the optional ! is added
 			this command will load packages even when done before.
-			An Error only causes sourcing the script where it
+
+			An error only causes sourcing the script where it
 			happens to be aborted, further plugins will be loaded.
 			See |packages|.
 
@@ -471,8 +485,9 @@ You would now have these files under ~/.vim:
 	pack/foo/opt/foodebug/plugin/debugger.vim
 
 When Vim starts up, after processing your .vimrc, it scans all directories in
-'packpath' for plugins under the "pack/*/start" directory and loads them.  The
-directory is added to 'runtimepath'.
+'packpath' for plugins under the "pack/*/start" directory.  First all those
+directories are added to 'runtimepath'.  Then all the plugins are loaded.
+See |packload-two-steps| for how these two steps can be useful.
 
 In the example Vim will find "pack/foo/start/foobar/plugin/foo.vim" and adds 
 "~/.vim/pack/foo/start/foobar" to 'runtimepath'.
@@ -494,6 +509,9 @@ To load packages earlier, so that 'runtimepath' gets updated: >
 This also works when loading plugins is disabled.  The automatic loading will
 only happen once.
 
+If the package has an "after" directory, that directory is added to the end of
+'runtimepath', so that anything there will be loaded later.
+
 
 Using a single plugin and loading it automatically ~
 
@@ -523,7 +541,7 @@ whether Vim supports a feature or a dependency is missing.
 You can also load an optional plugin at startup, by putting this command in
 your |.vimrc|: >
 	:packadd! foodebug
-The extra "!" is so that the plugin isn't loaded with Vim was started with
+The extra "!" is so that the plugin isn't loaded if Vim was started with
 |--noplugin|.
 
 It is perfectly normal for a package to only have files in the "opt"
@@ -599,6 +617,23 @@ the command after changing the plugin help: >
 	:helptags path/start/foobar/doc
 	:helptags path/opt/fooextra/doc
 
+
+Dependencies between plugins ~
+							*packload-two-steps*
+Suppose you have two plugins that depend on the same functionality. You can
+put the common functionality in an autoload directory, so that it will be
+found automatically.  Your package would have these files:
+
+	pack/foo/start/one/plugin/one.vim  >
+		call foolib#getit()
+<	pack/foo/start/two/plugin/two.vim >
+		call foolib#getit()
+<	pack/foo/start/lib/autoload/foolib.vim >
+		func foolib#getit()
+
+This works, because loading packages will first add all found directories to
+'runtimepath' before sourcing the plugins.
+
 ==============================================================================
 7. Debugging scripts					*debug-scripts*
 

runtime/doc/starting.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 26
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jul 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -249,7 +249,8 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 -Z		Restricted mode.  All commands that make use of an external
 		shell are disabled.  This includes suspending with CTRL-Z,
 		":sh", filtering, the system() function, backtick expansion,
-		delete(), rename(), mkdir(), writefile(), libcall(), etc.
+		delete(), rename(), mkdir(), writefile(), libcall(),
+		job_start(), etc.
 		{not in Vi}
 
 							*-g*
@@ -865,9 +866,10 @@ accordingly.  Vim proceeds in this order:
 	commands from the command line have not been executed yet.  You can
 	use "--cmd 'set noloadplugins'" |--cmd|.
 
-	Plugin packs are loaded.  These are plugins, as above, but found in
-	'packpath' "start" directories.  Every plugin directory found is added
-	in 'runtimepath'.  See |packages|.
+	Packages are loaded.  These are plugins, as above, but found in the
+	"start" directory of each entry in 'packpath'.  Every plugin directory
+	found is added in 'runtimepath' and then the plugins are sourced.  See
+	|packages|.
 
 5. Set 'shellpipe' and 'shellredir'
 	The 'shellpipe' and 'shellredir' options are set according to the
@@ -1411,6 +1413,34 @@ file (it's actually merged with the existing one, if one exists).  The
 'viminfo' option is a string containing information about what info should be
 stored, and contains limits on how much should be stored (see 'viminfo').
 
+Merging happens in two ways.  Most items that have been changed or set in the
+current Vim session are stored, and what was not changed is filled from what
+is currently in the viminfo file.  For example:
+- Vim session A reads the viminfo, which contains variable START.
+- Vim session B does the same
+- Vim session A sets the variables AAA and BOTH and exits
+- Vim session B sets the variables BBB and BOTH and exits
+Now the viminfo will have:
+   START - it was in the viminfo and wasn't changed in session A or B
+   AAA   - value from session A, session B kept it
+   BBB   - value from session B
+   BOTH  - value from session B, value from session A is lost
+
+							*viminfo-timestamp*
+For some items a timestamp is used to keep the last changed version.  Here it
+doesn't matter in which sequence Vim sessions exit, the newest item(s) are
+always kept.  This is used for:
+- The command line history.
+- The search string history.
+- The input-line history.
+- Contents of non-empty registers.
+- The jump list
+- File marks
+The timestamp feature was added before Vim 8.0.  Older versions of Vim,
+starting with 7.4.1131, will keep the items with timestamp, but not use them.
+Thus when using both an older and a newer version of Vim the most recent data
+will be kept.
+
 Notes for Unix:
 - The file protection for the viminfo file will be set to prevent other users
   from being able to read it, because it may contain any text or commands that
@@ -1533,14 +1563,14 @@ most of the information will be restored).
 			already set (registers, marks, |v:oldfiles|, etc.)
 			will be overwritten   {not in Vi}
 
-				*:wv* *:wviminfo* *E137* *E138* *E574* *E886*
+			*:wv* *:wviminfo* *E137* *E138* *E574* *E886* *E929*
 :wv[iminfo][!] [file]	Write to viminfo file [file] (default: see above).
 			The information in the file is first read in to make
 			a merge between old and new info.  When [!] is used,
 			the old information is not read first, only the
 			internal info is written.  If 'viminfo' is empty, marks
 			for up to 100 files will be written.
-			When you get error "E138: Can't write viminfo file"
+			When you get error "E929: Too many viminfo temp files"
 			check that no old temp files were left behind (e.g.
 			~/.viminf*) and that you can write in the directory of
 			the .viminfo file.

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 12
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 May 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -941,26 +941,27 @@ To disable them use ":unlet".  Example: >
 	:unlet c_comment_strings
 
 Variable		Highlight ~
-c_gnu			GNU gcc specific items
-c_comment_strings	strings and numbers inside a comment
-c_space_errors		trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
-c_no_trail_space_error	 ... but no trailing spaces
-c_no_tab_space_error	 ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
-c_no_bracket_error	don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
-c_no_curly_error	don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
+*c_gnu*			GNU gcc specific items
+*c_comment_strings*	strings and numbers inside a comment
+*c_space_errors*		trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
+*c_no_trail_space_error*	 ... but no trailing spaces
+*c_no_tab_space_error*	 ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
+*c_no_bracket_error*	don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
+*c_no_curly_error*	don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
 				except { and } in first column
-c_curly_error		highlight a missing }; this forces syncing from the
+*c_curly_error*		highlight a missing }; this forces syncing from the
 			start of the file, can be slow
-c_no_ansi		don't do standard ANSI types and constants
-c_ansi_typedefs		 ... but do standard ANSI types
-c_ansi_constants	 ... but do standard ANSI constants
-c_no_utf		don't highlight \u and \U in strings
-c_syntax_for_h		for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
+*c_no_ansi*		don't do standard ANSI types and constants
+*c_ansi_typedefs*		 ... but do standard ANSI types
+*c_ansi_constants*	 ... but do standard ANSI constants
+*c_no_utf*		don't highlight \u and \U in strings
+*c_syntax_for_h*		for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
 			syntax instead of objcpp
-c_no_if0		don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
-c_no_cformat		don't highlight %-formats in strings
-c_no_c99		don't highlight C99 standard items
-c_no_c11		don't highlight C11 standard items
+*c_no_if0*		don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
+*c_no_cformat*		don't highlight %-formats in strings
+*c_no_c99*		don't highlight C99 standard items
+*c_no_c11*		don't highlight C11 standard items
+*c_no_bsd*		don't highlight BSD specific types
 
 When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
 become a fold.  If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
@@ -4778,6 +4779,10 @@ font={font-name}					*highlight-font*
 	All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
 	character size as the default font!  Otherwise redrawing problems will
 	occur.
+	To use a font name with an embedded space or other special character,
+	put it in single quotes.  The single quote cannot be used then.
+	Example: >
+	    :hi comment font='Monospace 10'
 
 guifg={color-name}					*highlight-guifg*
 guibg={color-name}					*highlight-guibg*
@@ -5047,6 +5052,9 @@ defaults back: >
 
   :syntax reset
 
+It is a bit of a wrong name, since it does not reset any syntax items, it only
+affects the highlighting.
+
 This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
 
 Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -538,6 +538,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'noed'	options.txt	/*'noed'*
 'noedcompatible'	options.txt	/*'noedcompatible'*
 'noek'	options.txt	/*'noek'*
+'noemo'	options.txt	/*'noemo'*
+'noemoji'	options.txt	/*'noemoji'*
 'noendofline'	options.txt	/*'noendofline'*
 'noeol'	options.txt	/*'noeol'*
 'noequalalways'	options.txt	/*'noequalalways'*
@@ -909,6 +911,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 't_%1'	term.txt	/*'t_%1'*
 't_%i'	term.txt	/*'t_%i'*
 't_&8'	term.txt	/*'t_&8'*
+'t_8b'	term.txt	/*'t_8b'*
+'t_8f'	term.txt	/*'t_8f'*
 't_@7'	term.txt	/*'t_@7'*
 't_AB'	term.txt	/*'t_AB'*
 't_AF'	term.txt	/*'t_AF'*
@@ -1044,11 +1048,13 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'term'	options.txt	/*'term'*
 'termbidi'	options.txt	/*'termbidi'*
 'termencoding'	options.txt	/*'termencoding'*
+'termguicolors'	options.txt	/*'termguicolors'*
 'terse'	options.txt	/*'terse'*
 'textauto'	options.txt	/*'textauto'*
 'textmode'	options.txt	/*'textmode'*
 'textwidth'	options.txt	/*'textwidth'*
 'tf'	options.txt	/*'tf'*
+'tgc'	options.txt	/*'tgc'*
 'tgst'	options.txt	/*'tgst'*
 'thesaurus'	options.txt	/*'thesaurus'*
 'tildeop'	options.txt	/*'tildeop'*
@@ -1254,7 +1260,9 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 +mzscheme	various.txt	/*+mzscheme*
 +mzscheme/dyn	various.txt	/*+mzscheme\/dyn*
 +netbeans_intg	various.txt	/*+netbeans_intg*
++num64	various.txt	/*+num64*
 +ole	various.txt	/*+ole*
++packages	various.txt	/*+packages*
 +path_extra	various.txt	/*+path_extra*
 +perl	various.txt	/*+perl*
 +perl/dyn	various.txt	/*+perl\/dyn*
@@ -1284,6 +1292,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 +tag_old_static	various.txt	/*+tag_old_static*
 +tcl	various.txt	/*+tcl*
 +tcl/dyn	various.txt	/*+tcl\/dyn*
++termguicolors	various.txt	/*+termguicolors*
 +terminfo	various.txt	/*+terminfo*
 +termresponse	various.txt	/*+termresponse*
 +textobjects	various.txt	/*+textobjects*
@@ -1867,7 +1876,6 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :CompilerSet	usr_41.txt	/*:CompilerSet*
 :DiffOrig	diff.txt	/*:DiffOrig*
 :DoMatchParen	pi_paren.txt	/*:DoMatchParen*
-:ELP	pi_logipat.txt	/*:ELP*
 :Explore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Explore*
 :GLVS	pi_getscript.txt	/*:GLVS*
 :GetLatestVimScripts_dat	pi_getscript.txt	/*:GetLatestVimScripts_dat*
@@ -1876,6 +1884,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :GnatTags	ft_ada.txt	/*:GnatTags*
 :Hexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Hexplore*
 :LP	pi_logipat.txt	/*:LP*
+:LPE	pi_logipat.txt	/*:LPE*
 :LPF	pi_logipat.txt	/*:LPF*
 :Lexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Lexplore*
 :LogiPat	pi_logipat.txt	/*:LogiPat*
@@ -2032,6 +2041,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :cat	eval.txt	/*:cat*
 :catch	eval.txt	/*:catch*
 :cb	quickfix.txt	/*:cb*
+:cbo	quickfix.txt	/*:cbo*
+:cbottom	quickfix.txt	/*:cbottom*
 :cbuffer	quickfix.txt	/*:cbuffer*
 :cc	quickfix.txt	/*:cc*
 :ccl	quickfix.txt	/*:ccl*
@@ -2063,9 +2074,13 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :checkpath	tagsrch.txt	/*:checkpath*
 :checkt	editing.txt	/*:checkt*
 :checktime	editing.txt	/*:checktime*
+:chi	quickfix.txt	/*:chi*
+:chistory	quickfix.txt	/*:chistory*
 :cl	quickfix.txt	/*:cl*
 :cla	quickfix.txt	/*:cla*
 :clast	quickfix.txt	/*:clast*
+:cle	motion.txt	/*:cle*
+:clearjumps	motion.txt	/*:clearjumps*
 :clist	quickfix.txt	/*:clist*
 :clo	windows.txt	/*:clo*
 :close	windows.txt	/*:close*
@@ -2382,6 +2397,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :lat	undo.txt	/*:lat*
 :later	undo.txt	/*:later*
 :lb	quickfix.txt	/*:lb*
+:lbo	quickfix.txt	/*:lbo*
+:lbottom	quickfix.txt	/*:lbottom*
 :lbuffer	quickfix.txt	/*:lbuffer*
 :lc	editing.txt	/*:lc*
 :lcd	editing.txt	/*:lcd*
@@ -2426,6 +2443,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :lgrepadd	quickfix.txt	/*:lgrepadd*
 :lh	helphelp.txt	/*:lh*
 :lhelpgrep	helphelp.txt	/*:lhelpgrep*
+:lhi	quickfix.txt	/*:lhi*
+:lhistory	quickfix.txt	/*:lhistory*
 :list	various.txt	/*:list*
 :ll	quickfix.txt	/*:ll*
 :lla	quickfix.txt	/*:lla*
@@ -3352,6 +3371,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 <line1>	map.txt	/*<line1>*
 <line2>	map.txt	/*<line2>*
 <lt>	intro.txt	/*<lt>*
+<mods>	map.txt	/*<mods>*
 <nomodeline>	autocmd.txt	/*<nomodeline>*
 <q-args>	map.txt	/*<q-args>*
 <reg>	map.txt	/*<reg>*
@@ -3549,6 +3569,7 @@ CTRL-]	tagsrch.txt	/*CTRL-]*
 CTRL-^	editing.txt	/*CTRL-^*
 CTRL-{char}	intro.txt	/*CTRL-{char}*
 Channel	eval.txt	/*Channel*
+Channels	eval.txt	/*Channels*
 Chinese	mbyte.txt	/*Chinese*
 Cmd-event	autocmd.txt	/*Cmd-event*
 CmdUndefined	autocmd.txt	/*CmdUndefined*
@@ -3767,7 +3788,6 @@ E273	if_ruby.txt	/*E273*
 E277	remote.txt	/*E277*
 E28	syntax.txt	/*E28*
 E280	if_tcl.txt	/*E280*
-E281	if_tcl.txt	/*E281*
 E282	starting.txt	/*E282*
 E283	motion.txt	/*E283*
 E284	mbyte.txt	/*E284*
@@ -3852,7 +3872,6 @@ E358	options.txt	/*E358*
 E359	term.txt	/*E359*
 E36	windows.txt	/*E36*
 E360	various.txt	/*E360*
-E362	term.txt	/*E362*
 E363	options.txt	/*E363*
 E364	eval.txt	/*E364*
 E365	print.txt	/*E365*
@@ -4060,7 +4079,6 @@ E556	tagsrch.txt	/*E556*
 E557	term.txt	/*E557*
 E558	term.txt	/*E558*
 E559	term.txt	/*E559*
-E56	pattern.txt	/*E56*
 E560	if_cscop.txt	/*E560*
 E561	if_cscop.txt	/*E561*
 E562	if_cscop.txt	/*E562*
@@ -4069,8 +4087,6 @@ E564	if_cscop.txt	/*E564*
 E566	if_cscop.txt	/*E566*
 E567	if_cscop.txt	/*E567*
 E568	if_cscop.txt	/*E568*
-E569	if_cscop.txt	/*E569*
-E57	pattern.txt	/*E57*
 E570	message.txt	/*E570*
 E571	if_tcl.txt	/*E571*
 E572	if_tcl.txt	/*E572*
@@ -4079,9 +4095,7 @@ E574	starting.txt	/*E574*
 E575	starting.txt	/*E575*
 E576	starting.txt	/*E576*
 E577	starting.txt	/*E577*
-E578	editing.txt	/*E578*
 E579	eval.txt	/*E579*
-E58	pattern.txt	/*E58*
 E580	eval.txt	/*E580*
 E581	eval.txt	/*E581*
 E582	eval.txt	/*E582*
@@ -4160,8 +4174,6 @@ E65	pattern.txt	/*E65*
 E650	netbeans.txt	/*E650*
 E651	netbeans.txt	/*E651*
 E652	netbeans.txt	/*E652*
-E653	netbeans.txt	/*E653*
-E654	netbeans.txt	/*E654*
 E655	eval.txt	/*E655*
 E656	netbeans.txt	/*E656*
 E657	netbeans.txt	/*E657*
@@ -4204,7 +4216,6 @@ E69	pattern.txt	/*E69*
 E690	eval.txt	/*E690*
 E691	eval.txt	/*E691*
 E692	eval.txt	/*E692*
-E693	eval.txt	/*E693*
 E694	eval.txt	/*E694*
 E695	eval.txt	/*E695*
 E696	eval.txt	/*E696*
@@ -4385,9 +4396,7 @@ E855	autocmd.txt	/*E855*
 E858	eval.txt	/*E858*
 E859	eval.txt	/*E859*
 E86	windows.txt	/*E86*
-E860	eval.txt	/*E860*
 E862	eval.txt	/*E862*
-E863	if_pyth.txt	/*E863*
 E864	pattern.txt	/*E864*
 E865	pattern.txt	/*E865*
 E866	pattern.txt	/*E866*
@@ -4415,7 +4424,6 @@ E885	sign.txt	/*E885*
 E886	starting.txt	/*E886*
 E887	if_pyth.txt	/*E887*
 E888	pattern.txt	/*E888*
-E889	map.txt	/*E889*
 E89	message.txt	/*E89*
 E890	syntax.txt	/*E890*
 E891	eval.txt	/*E891*
@@ -4423,11 +4431,8 @@ E892	eval.txt	/*E892*
 E893	eval.txt	/*E893*
 E894	eval.txt	/*E894*
 E895	if_mzsch.txt	/*E895*
-E896	channel.txt	/*E896*
 E898	channel.txt	/*E898*
-E899	channel.txt	/*E899*
 E90	message.txt	/*E90*
-E900	channel.txt	/*E900*
 E901	channel.txt	/*E901*
 E902	channel.txt	/*E902*
 E903	channel.txt	/*E903*
@@ -4456,7 +4461,12 @@ E923	eval.txt	/*E923*
 E924	quickfix.txt	/*E924*
 E925	quickfix.txt	/*E925*
 E926	quickfix.txt	/*E926*
+E927	eval.txt	/*E927*
+E928	eval.txt	/*E928*
+E929	starting.txt	/*E929*
 E93	windows.txt	/*E93*
+E930	eval.txt	/*E930*
+E931	message.txt	/*E931*
 E94	windows.txt	/*E94*
 E95	message.txt	/*E95*
 E96	diff.txt	/*E96*
@@ -4472,6 +4482,7 @@ Ex	intro.txt	/*Ex*
 Ex-mode	intro.txt	/*Ex-mode*
 Exuberant_ctags	tagsrch.txt	/*Exuberant_ctags*
 F	motion.txt	/*F*
+FALSE	eval.txt	/*FALSE*
 FAQ	intro.txt	/*FAQ*
 Farsi	farsi.txt	/*Farsi*
 FileAppendCmd	autocmd.txt	/*FileAppendCmd*
@@ -4502,6 +4513,7 @@ G	motion.txt	/*G*
 GNOME	gui_x11.txt	/*GNOME*
 GTK	gui_x11.txt	/*GTK*
 GTK+	gui_x11.txt	/*GTK+*
+GTK3	gui_x11.txt	/*GTK3*
 GUI	gui.txt	/*GUI*
 GUI-X11	gui_x11.txt	/*GUI-X11*
 GUIEnter	autocmd.txt	/*GUIEnter*
@@ -4524,6 +4536,7 @@ InsertLeave	autocmd.txt	/*InsertLeave*
 J	change.txt	/*J*
 Japanese	mbyte.txt	/*Japanese*
 Job	eval.txt	/*Job*
+Jobs	eval.txt	/*Jobs*
 K	various.txt	/*K*
 KDE	gui_x11.txt	/*KDE*
 KVim	gui_x11.txt	/*KVim*
@@ -4592,6 +4605,7 @@ PHP_outdentSLComments	indent.txt	/*PHP_outdentSLComments*
 PHP_outdentphpescape	indent.txt	/*PHP_outdentphpescape*
 PHP_removeCRwhenUnix	indent.txt	/*PHP_removeCRwhenUnix*
 PHP_vintage_case_default_indent	indent.txt	/*PHP_vintage_case_default_indent*
+Partial	eval.txt	/*Partial*
 Pattern	pattern.txt	/*Pattern*
 Perl	if_perl.txt	/*Perl*
 Posix	intro.txt	/*Posix*
@@ -4683,6 +4697,7 @@ TOhtml-encoding-detect	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-encoding-detect*
 TOhtml-performance	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-performance*
 TOhtml-uncopyable-text	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-uncopyable-text*
 TOhtml-wrap-text	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-wrap-text*
+TRUE	eval.txt	/*TRUE*
 TSQL	ft_sql.txt	/*TSQL*
 TTpro-telnet	syntax.txt	/*TTpro-telnet*
 Tab	intro.txt	/*Tab*
@@ -4918,7 +4933,6 @@ added-win32-GUI	version5.txt	/*added-win32-GUI*
 aff-dic-format	spell.txt	/*aff-dic-format*
 after-directory	options.txt	/*after-directory*
 aleph	options.txt	/*aleph*
-alloc_fail()	eval.txt	/*alloc_fail()*
 alt	intro.txt	/*alt*
 alt-input	debugger.txt	/*alt-input*
 alternate-file	editing.txt	/*alternate-file*
@@ -4951,6 +4965,9 @@ assert_equal()	eval.txt	/*assert_equal()*
 assert_exception()	eval.txt	/*assert_exception()*
 assert_fails()	eval.txt	/*assert_fails()*
 assert_false()	eval.txt	/*assert_false()*
+assert_match()	eval.txt	/*assert_match()*
+assert_notequal()	eval.txt	/*assert_notequal()*
+assert_notmatch()	eval.txt	/*assert_notmatch()*
 assert_true()	eval.txt	/*assert_true()*
 at	motion.txt	/*at*
 atan()	eval.txt	/*atan()*
@@ -5036,6 +5053,7 @@ beval_bufnr-variable	eval.txt	/*beval_bufnr-variable*
 beval_col-variable	eval.txt	/*beval_col-variable*
 beval_lnum-variable	eval.txt	/*beval_lnum-variable*
 beval_text-variable	eval.txt	/*beval_text-variable*
+beval_winid-variable	eval.txt	/*beval_winid-variable*
 beval_winnr-variable	eval.txt	/*beval_winnr-variable*
 bitwise-function	usr_41.txt	/*bitwise-function*
 blockwise-examples	visual.txt	/*blockwise-examples*
@@ -5068,10 +5086,12 @@ buflisted()	eval.txt	/*buflisted()*
 bufloaded()	eval.txt	/*bufloaded()*
 bufname()	eval.txt	/*bufname()*
 bufnr()	eval.txt	/*bufnr()*
+bufwinid()	eval.txt	/*bufwinid()*
 bufwinnr()	eval.txt	/*bufwinnr()*
 bug-fixes-5	version5.txt	/*bug-fixes-5*
 bug-fixes-6	version6.txt	/*bug-fixes-6*
 bug-fixes-7	version7.txt	/*bug-fixes-7*
+bug-fixes-8	version8.txt	/*bug-fixes-8*
 bug-reports	intro.txt	/*bug-reports*
 bugreport.vim	intro.txt	/*bugreport.vim*
 bugs	intro.txt	/*bugs*
@@ -5165,7 +5185,25 @@ c_Insert	cmdline.txt	/*c_Insert*
 c_Left	cmdline.txt	/*c_Left*
 c_Right	cmdline.txt	/*c_Right*
 c_Up	cmdline.txt	/*c_Up*
+c_ansi_constants	syntax.txt	/*c_ansi_constants*
+c_ansi_typedefs	syntax.txt	/*c_ansi_typedefs*
+c_comment_strings	syntax.txt	/*c_comment_strings*
+c_curly_error	syntax.txt	/*c_curly_error*
 c_digraph	cmdline.txt	/*c_digraph*
+c_gnu	syntax.txt	/*c_gnu*
+c_no_ansi	syntax.txt	/*c_no_ansi*
+c_no_bracket_error	syntax.txt	/*c_no_bracket_error*
+c_no_bsd	syntax.txt	/*c_no_bsd*
+c_no_c11	syntax.txt	/*c_no_c11*
+c_no_c99	syntax.txt	/*c_no_c99*
+c_no_cformat	syntax.txt	/*c_no_cformat*
+c_no_curly_error	syntax.txt	/*c_no_curly_error*
+c_no_if0	syntax.txt	/*c_no_if0*
+c_no_tab_space_error	syntax.txt	/*c_no_tab_space_error*
+c_no_trail_space_error	syntax.txt	/*c_no_trail_space_error*
+c_no_utf	syntax.txt	/*c_no_utf*
+c_space_errors	syntax.txt	/*c_space_errors*
+c_syntax_for_h	syntax.txt	/*c_syntax_for_h*
 c_wildchar	cmdline.txt	/*c_wildchar*
 call()	eval.txt	/*call()*
 carriage-return	intro.txt	/*carriage-return*
@@ -5223,6 +5261,7 @@ channel-callback	channel.txt	/*channel-callback*
 channel-close	channel.txt	/*channel-close*
 channel-commands	channel.txt	/*channel-commands*
 channel-demo	channel.txt	/*channel-demo*
+channel-functions	usr_41.txt	/*channel-functions*
 channel-mode	channel.txt	/*channel-mode*
 channel-more	channel.txt	/*channel-more*
 channel-open	channel.txt	/*channel-open*
@@ -5326,6 +5365,7 @@ compatible-default	starting.txt	/*compatible-default*
 compile-changes-5	version5.txt	/*compile-changes-5*
 compile-changes-6	version6.txt	/*compile-changes-6*
 compile-changes-7	version7.txt	/*compile-changes-7*
+compile-changes-8	version8.txt	/*compile-changes-8*
 compiler-compaqada	ft_ada.txt	/*compiler-compaqada*
 compiler-decada	ft_ada.txt	/*compiler-decada*
 compiler-gcc	quickfix.txt	/*compiler-gcc*
@@ -5542,6 +5582,7 @@ delete()	eval.txt	/*delete()*
 delete-insert	change.txt	/*delete-insert*
 delete-menus	gui.txt	/*delete-menus*
 deleting	change.txt	/*deleting*
+demoserver.py	channel.txt	/*demoserver.py*
 design-assumptions	develop.txt	/*design-assumptions*
 design-compatible	develop.txt	/*design-compatible*
 design-decisions	develop.txt	/*design-decisions*
@@ -5597,7 +5638,6 @@ dip	motion.txt	/*dip*
 dircolors.vim	syntax.txt	/*dircolors.vim*
 dis	motion.txt	/*dis*
 disable-menus	gui.txt	/*disable-menus*
-disable_char_avail_for_testing()	eval.txt	/*disable_char_avail_for_testing()*
 discard	editing.txt	/*discard*
 distribute-script	usr_41.txt	/*distribute-script*
 distribution	intro.txt	/*distribution*
@@ -5718,6 +5758,7 @@ exception-variable	eval.txt	/*exception-variable*
 exclusive	motion.txt	/*exclusive*
 exclusive-linewise	motion.txt	/*exclusive-linewise*
 executable()	eval.txt	/*executable()*
+execute()	eval.txt	/*execute()*
 execute-menus	gui.txt	/*execute-menus*
 exepath()	eval.txt	/*exepath()*
 exim	starting.txt	/*exim*
@@ -5773,6 +5814,7 @@ expr-is?	eval.txt	/*expr-is?*
 expr-isnot	eval.txt	/*expr-isnot*
 expr-isnot#	eval.txt	/*expr-isnot#*
 expr-isnot?	eval.txt	/*expr-isnot?*
+expr-lambda	eval.txt	/*expr-lambda*
 expr-nesting	eval.txt	/*expr-nesting*
 expr-number	eval.txt	/*expr-number*
 expr-option	eval.txt	/*expr-option*
@@ -6245,6 +6287,7 @@ g:netrw_special_syntax	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_special_syntax*
 g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject*
 g:netrw_ssh_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ssh_cmd*
 g:netrw_sshport	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_sshport*
+g:netrw_suppress_gx_mesg	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_suppress_gx_mesg*
 g:netrw_timefmt	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_timefmt*
 g:netrw_tmpfile_escape	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_tmpfile_escape*
 g:netrw_uid	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_uid*
@@ -6344,6 +6387,7 @@ getcmdline()	eval.txt	/*getcmdline()*
 getcmdpos()	eval.txt	/*getcmdpos()*
 getcmdtype()	eval.txt	/*getcmdtype()*
 getcmdwintype()	eval.txt	/*getcmdwintype()*
+getcompletion()	eval.txt	/*getcompletion()*
 getcurpos()	eval.txt	/*getcurpos()*
 getcwd()	eval.txt	/*getcwd()*
 getfontname()	eval.txt	/*getfontname()*
@@ -6782,6 +6826,7 @@ improved-viminfo	version5.txt	/*improved-viminfo*
 improvements-5	version5.txt	/*improvements-5*
 improvements-6	version6.txt	/*improvements-6*
 improvements-7	version7.txt	/*improvements-7*
+improvements-8	version8.txt	/*improvements-8*
 in_bot	channel.txt	/*in_bot*
 in_buf	channel.txt	/*in_buf*
 in_mode	channel.txt	/*in_mode*
@@ -6794,6 +6839,7 @@ incomp-small-6	version6.txt	/*incomp-small-6*
 incompatible-5	version5.txt	/*incompatible-5*
 incompatible-6	version6.txt	/*incompatible-6*
 incompatible-7	version7.txt	/*incompatible-7*
+incompatible-8	version8.txt	/*incompatible-8*
 indent()	eval.txt	/*indent()*
 indent-expression	indent.txt	/*indent-expression*
 indent.txt	indent.txt	/*indent.txt*
@@ -6869,6 +6915,7 @@ job-control	channel.txt	/*job-control*
 job-err_cb	channel.txt	/*job-err_cb*
 job-err_io	channel.txt	/*job-err_io*
 job-exit_cb	channel.txt	/*job-exit_cb*
+job-functions	usr_41.txt	/*job-functions*
 job-in_io	channel.txt	/*job-in_io*
 job-options	channel.txt	/*job-options*
 job-out_cb	channel.txt	/*job-out_cb*
@@ -6927,6 +6974,7 @@ l:	eval.txt	/*l:*
 l:var	eval.txt	/*l:var*
 lCursor	mbyte.txt	/*lCursor*
 lace.vim	syntax.txt	/*lace.vim*
+lambda	eval.txt	/*lambda*
 lang-variable	eval.txt	/*lang-variable*
 language-mapping	map.txt	/*language-mapping*
 last-pattern	pattern.txt	/*last-pattern*
@@ -6987,18 +7035,19 @@ location-list	quickfix.txt	/*location-list*
 location-list-window	quickfix.txt	/*location-list-window*
 log()	eval.txt	/*log()*
 log10()	eval.txt	/*log10()*
-logipat	pi_logipat.txt	/*logipat*
-logipat-arg	pi_logipat.txt	/*logipat-arg*
-logipat-caveat	pi_logipat.txt	/*logipat-caveat*
-logipat-contents	pi_logipat.txt	/*logipat-contents*
-logipat-copyright	pi_logipat.txt	/*logipat-copyright*
-logipat-examples	pi_logipat.txt	/*logipat-examples*
-logipat-history	pi_logipat.txt	/*logipat-history*
-logipat-input	pi_logipat.txt	/*logipat-input*
-logipat-man	pi_logipat.txt	/*logipat-man*
-logipat-manual	pi_logipat.txt	/*logipat-manual*
-logipat-operators	pi_logipat.txt	/*logipat-operators*
-logipat-pattern	pi_logipat.txt	/*logipat-pattern*
+logiPat	pi_logipat.txt	/*logiPat*
+logiPat-arg	pi_logipat.txt	/*logiPat-arg*
+logiPat-caveat	pi_logipat.txt	/*logiPat-caveat*
+logiPat-contents	pi_logipat.txt	/*logiPat-contents*
+logiPat-copyright	pi_logipat.txt	/*logiPat-copyright*
+logiPat-examples	pi_logipat.txt	/*logiPat-examples*
+logiPat-history	pi_logipat.txt	/*logiPat-history*
+logiPat-input	pi_logipat.txt	/*logiPat-input*
+logiPat-man	pi_logipat.txt	/*logiPat-man*
+logiPat-manual	pi_logipat.txt	/*logiPat-manual*
+logiPat-operators	pi_logipat.txt	/*logiPat-operators*
+logiPat-pattern	pi_logipat.txt	/*logiPat-pattern*
+logiPat.txt	pi_logipat.txt	/*logiPat.txt*
 long-lines	version5.txt	/*long-lines*
 love	intro.txt	/*love*
 lowercase	change.txt	/*lowercase*
@@ -7038,6 +7087,7 @@ maillist	intro.txt	/*maillist*
 maillist-archive	intro.txt	/*maillist-archive*
 make.vim	syntax.txt	/*make.vim*
 man.vim	filetype.txt	/*man.vim*
+manpager.vim	filetype.txt	/*manpager.vim*
 manual-copyright	usr_01.txt	/*manual-copyright*
 map()	eval.txt	/*map()*
 map-<SID>	map.txt	/*map-<SID>*
@@ -7104,6 +7154,7 @@ matchit-install	usr_05.txt	/*matchit-install*
 matchlist()	eval.txt	/*matchlist()*
 matchparen	pi_paren.txt	/*matchparen*
 matchstr()	eval.txt	/*matchstr()*
+matchstrpos()	eval.txt	/*matchstrpos()*
 max()	eval.txt	/*max()*
 mbyte-IME	mbyte.txt	/*mbyte-IME*
 mbyte-XIM	mbyte.txt	/*mbyte-XIM*
@@ -7159,6 +7210,7 @@ mouse-using	term.txt	/*mouse-using*
 mouse_col-variable	eval.txt	/*mouse_col-variable*
 mouse_lnum-variable	eval.txt	/*mouse_lnum-variable*
 mouse_win-variable	eval.txt	/*mouse_win-variable*
+mouse_winid-variable	eval.txt	/*mouse_winid-variable*
 movement	intro.txt	/*movement*
 ms-dos	os_msdos.txt	/*ms-dos*
 msdos	os_msdos.txt	/*msdos*
@@ -7450,6 +7502,7 @@ network	pi_netrw.txt	/*network*
 new-5	version5.txt	/*new-5*
 new-6	version6.txt	/*new-6*
 new-7	version7.txt	/*new-7*
+new-8	version8.txt	/*new-8*
 new-GTK-GUI	version5.txt	/*new-GTK-GUI*
 new-MzScheme	version7.txt	/*new-MzScheme*
 new-Select-mode	version5.txt	/*new-Select-mode*
@@ -7482,6 +7535,7 @@ new-highlighting	version5.txt	/*new-highlighting*
 new-indent-flex	version6.txt	/*new-indent-flex*
 new-items-6	version6.txt	/*new-items-6*
 new-items-7	version7.txt	/*new-items-7*
+new-items-8	version8.txt	/*new-items-8*
 new-line-continuation	version5.txt	/*new-line-continuation*
 new-location-list	version7.txt	/*new-location-list*
 new-lua	version7.txt	/*new-lua*
@@ -7524,6 +7578,7 @@ new-user-manual	version6.txt	/*new-user-manual*
 new-utf-8	version6.txt	/*new-utf-8*
 new-vertsplit	version6.txt	/*new-vertsplit*
 new-vim-script	version7.txt	/*new-vim-script*
+new-vim-script-8	version8.txt	/*new-vim-script-8*
 new-vim-server	version6.txt	/*new-vim-server*
 new-vimgrep	version7.txt	/*new-vimgrep*
 new-virtedit	version6.txt	/*new-virtedit*
@@ -7609,6 +7664,7 @@ p	change.txt	/*p*
 pack-add	repeat.txt	/*pack-add*
 package-create	repeat.txt	/*package-create*
 packages	repeat.txt	/*packages*
+packload-two-steps	repeat.txt	/*packload-two-steps*
 page-down	intro.txt	/*page-down*
 page-up	intro.txt	/*page-up*
 page_down	intro.txt	/*page_down*
@@ -7617,6 +7673,7 @@ pager	message.txt	/*pager*
 papp.vim	syntax.txt	/*papp.vim*
 paragraph	motion.txt	/*paragraph*
 pascal.vim	syntax.txt	/*pascal.vim*
+patches-8	version8.txt	/*patches-8*
 pathshorten()	eval.txt	/*pathshorten()*
 pattern	pattern.txt	/*pattern*
 pattern-atoms	pattern.txt	/*pattern-atoms*
@@ -7668,7 +7725,6 @@ php3.vim	syntax.txt	/*php3.vim*
 phtml.vim	syntax.txt	/*phtml.vim*
 pi_getscript.txt	pi_getscript.txt	/*pi_getscript.txt*
 pi_gzip.txt	pi_gzip.txt	/*pi_gzip.txt*
-pi_logipat.txt	pi_logipat.txt	/*pi_logipat.txt*
 pi_netrw.txt	pi_netrw.txt	/*pi_netrw.txt*
 pi_paren.txt	pi_paren.txt	/*pi_paren.txt*
 pi_spec.txt	pi_spec.txt	/*pi_spec.txt*
@@ -7846,6 +7902,7 @@ r	change.txt	/*r*
 range()	eval.txt	/*range()*
 raw-terminal-mode	term.txt	/*raw-terminal-mode*
 rcp	pi_netrw.txt	/*rcp*
+read-in-close-cb	channel.txt	/*read-in-close-cb*
 read-messages	insert.txt	/*read-messages*
 read-only-share	editing.txt	/*read-only-share*
 read-stdin	version5.txt	/*read-stdin*
@@ -7869,6 +7926,7 @@ registers	change.txt	/*registers*
 regular-expression	pattern.txt	/*regular-expression*
 reload	editing.txt	/*reload*
 reltime()	eval.txt	/*reltime()*
+reltimefloat()	eval.txt	/*reltimefloat()*
 reltimestr()	eval.txt	/*reltimestr()*
 remote.txt	remote.txt	/*remote.txt*
 remote_expr()	eval.txt	/*remote_expr()*
@@ -8225,11 +8283,13 @@ statusmsg-variable	eval.txt	/*statusmsg-variable*
 str2float()	eval.txt	/*str2float()*
 str2nr()	eval.txt	/*str2nr()*
 strcasestr()	eval.txt	/*strcasestr()*
+strcharpart()	eval.txt	/*strcharpart()*
 strchars()	eval.txt	/*strchars()*
 strchr()	eval.txt	/*strchr()*
 strcspn()	eval.txt	/*strcspn()*
 strdisplaywidth()	eval.txt	/*strdisplaywidth()*
 strftime()	eval.txt	/*strftime()*
+strgetchar()	eval.txt	/*strgetchar()*
 stridx()	eval.txt	/*stridx()*
 string	eval.txt	/*string*
 string()	eval.txt	/*string()*
@@ -8258,6 +8318,7 @@ sub-replace-special	change.txt	/*sub-replace-special*
 sublist	eval.txt	/*sublist*
 submatch()	eval.txt	/*submatch()*
 subscribe-maillist	intro.txt	/*subscribe-maillist*
+subscript	eval.txt	/*subscript*
 substitute()	eval.txt	/*substitute()*
 substitute-CR	version6.txt	/*substitute-CR*
 suffixes	cmdline.txt	/*suffixes*
@@ -8307,6 +8368,8 @@ t_#4	term.txt	/*t_#4*
 t_%1	term.txt	/*t_%1*
 t_%i	term.txt	/*t_%i*
 t_&8	term.txt	/*t_&8*
+t_8b	term.txt	/*t_8b*
+t_8f	term.txt	/*t_8f*
 t_@7	term.txt	/*t_@7*
 t_AB	term.txt	/*t_AB*
 t_AF	term.txt	/*t_AF*
@@ -8573,6 +8636,17 @@ terminal-options	term.txt	/*terminal-options*
 terminfo	term.txt	/*terminfo*
 termresponse-variable	eval.txt	/*termresponse-variable*
 test-functions	usr_41.txt	/*test-functions*
+test_alloc_fail()	eval.txt	/*test_alloc_fail()*
+test_disable_char_avail()	eval.txt	/*test_disable_char_avail()*
+test_garbagecollect_now()	eval.txt	/*test_garbagecollect_now()*
+test_null_channel()	eval.txt	/*test_null_channel()*
+test_null_dict()	eval.txt	/*test_null_dict()*
+test_null_job()	eval.txt	/*test_null_job()*
+test_null_list()	eval.txt	/*test_null_list()*
+test_null_partial()	eval.txt	/*test_null_partial()*
+test_null_string()	eval.txt	/*test_null_string()*
+test_settime()	eval.txt	/*test_settime()*
+testing-variable	eval.txt	/*testing-variable*
 tex-cchar	syntax.txt	/*tex-cchar*
 tex-cole	syntax.txt	/*tex-cole*
 tex-conceal	syntax.txt	/*tex-conceal*
@@ -8602,6 +8676,7 @@ throw-from-catch	eval.txt	/*throw-from-catch*
 throw-variables	eval.txt	/*throw-variables*
 throwpoint-variable	eval.txt	/*throwpoint-variable*
 time-functions	usr_41.txt	/*time-functions*
+timer-functions	usr_41.txt	/*timer-functions*
 timer_start()	eval.txt	/*timer_start()*
 timer_stop()	eval.txt	/*timer_stop()*
 timestamp	editing.txt	/*timestamp*
@@ -8714,6 +8789,7 @@ v:beval_bufnr	eval.txt	/*v:beval_bufnr*
 v:beval_col	eval.txt	/*v:beval_col*
 v:beval_lnum	eval.txt	/*v:beval_lnum*
 v:beval_text	eval.txt	/*v:beval_text*
+v:beval_winid	eval.txt	/*v:beval_winid*
 v:beval_winnr	eval.txt	/*v:beval_winnr*
 v:char	eval.txt	/*v:char*
 v:charconvert_from	eval.txt	/*v:charconvert_from*
@@ -8748,6 +8824,7 @@ v:lnum	eval.txt	/*v:lnum*
 v:mouse_col	eval.txt	/*v:mouse_col*
 v:mouse_lnum	eval.txt	/*v:mouse_lnum*
 v:mouse_win	eval.txt	/*v:mouse_win*
+v:mouse_winid	eval.txt	/*v:mouse_winid*
 v:none	eval.txt	/*v:none*
 v:null	eval.txt	/*v:null*
 v:oldfiles	eval.txt	/*v:oldfiles*
@@ -8769,6 +8846,7 @@ v:swapchoice	eval.txt	/*v:swapchoice*
 v:swapcommand	eval.txt	/*v:swapcommand*
 v:swapname	eval.txt	/*v:swapname*
 v:termresponse	eval.txt	/*v:termresponse*
+v:testing	eval.txt	/*v:testing*
 v:this_session	eval.txt	/*v:this_session*
 v:throwpoint	eval.txt	/*v:throwpoint*
 v:true	eval.txt	/*v:true*
@@ -8887,6 +8965,7 @@ v_v	visual.txt	/*v_v*
 v_x	change.txt	/*v_x*
 v_y	change.txt	/*v_y*
 v_~	change.txt	/*v_~*
+vab	motion.txt	/*vab*
 val-variable	eval.txt	/*val-variable*
 valgrind	debug.txt	/*valgrind*
 values()	eval.txt	/*values()*
@@ -8917,6 +8996,7 @@ version-7.1	version7.txt	/*version-7.1*
 version-7.2	version7.txt	/*version-7.2*
 version-7.3	version7.txt	/*version-7.3*
 version-7.4	version7.txt	/*version-7.4*
+version-8.0	version8.txt	/*version-8.0*
 version-variable	eval.txt	/*version-variable*
 version4.txt	version4.txt	/*version4.txt*
 version5.txt	version5.txt	/*version5.txt*
@@ -8927,14 +9007,19 @@ version7.2	version7.txt	/*version7.2*
 version7.3	version7.txt	/*version7.3*
 version7.4	version7.txt	/*version7.4*
 version7.txt	version7.txt	/*version7.txt*
+version8.0	version8.txt	/*version8.0*
+version8.txt	version8.txt	/*version8.txt*
 vi	intro.txt	/*vi*
 vi-differences	vi_diff.txt	/*vi-differences*
 vi:	options.txt	/*vi:*
 vi_diff.txt	vi_diff.txt	/*vi_diff.txt*
+vib	motion.txt	/*vib*
 view	starting.txt	/*view*
 view-diffs	diff.txt	/*view-diffs*
 view-file	starting.txt	/*view-file*
 views-sessions	starting.txt	/*views-sessions*
+vim-7.4	version7.txt	/*vim-7.4*
+vim-8	version8.txt	/*vim-8*
 vim-additions	vi_diff.txt	/*vim-additions*
 vim-announce	intro.txt	/*vim-announce*
 vim-arguments	starting.txt	/*vim-arguments*
@@ -8948,6 +9033,7 @@ vim-script-intro	usr_41.txt	/*vim-script-intro*
 vim-variable	eval.txt	/*vim-variable*
 vim.vim	syntax.txt	/*vim.vim*
 vim7	version7.txt	/*vim7*
+vim8	version8.txt	/*vim8*
 vim:	options.txt	/*vim:*
 vim_did_enter-variable	eval.txt	/*vim_did_enter-variable*
 vim_starting	eval.txt	/*vim_starting*
@@ -8983,6 +9069,7 @@ viminfo-r	options.txt	/*viminfo-r*
 viminfo-read	starting.txt	/*viminfo-read*
 viminfo-read-write	starting.txt	/*viminfo-read-write*
 viminfo-s	options.txt	/*viminfo-s*
+viminfo-timestamp	starting.txt	/*viminfo-timestamp*
 viminfo-write	starting.txt	/*viminfo-write*
 vimrc	starting.txt	/*vimrc*
 vimrc-filetype	usr_05.txt	/*vimrc-filetype*
@@ -9153,6 +9240,7 @@ xterm-save-screen	tips.txt	/*xterm-save-screen*
 xterm-screens	tips.txt	/*xterm-screens*
 xterm-scroll-region	term.txt	/*xterm-scroll-region*
 xterm-shifted-keys	term.txt	/*xterm-shifted-keys*
+xterm-true-color	term.txt	/*xterm-true-color*
 y	change.txt	/*y*
 yaml.vim	syntax.txt	/*yaml.vim*
 yank	change.txt	/*yank*

runtime/doc/term.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Nov 24
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Apr 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -302,7 +302,10 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
 	t_u7	request cursor position (for xterm)		*t_u7* *'t_u7'*
 		see |'ambiwidth'|
 	t_RB	request terminal background color		*t_RB* *'t_RB'*
-		see |'ambiwidth'|
+	t_8f	set foreground color (R, G, B)			*t_8f* *'t_8f'*
+		|xterm-true-color|
+	t_8b	set background color (R, G, B)			*t_8b* *'t_8b'*
+		|xterm-true-color|
 
 KEY CODES
 Note: Use the <> form if possible
@@ -419,6 +422,26 @@ VT220, etc.).  The result is that codes like <xF1> are no longer needed.
 Note: This is only done on startup.  If the xterm options are changed after
 Vim has started, the escape sequences may not be recognized anymore.
 
+							*xterm-true-color*
+Vim supports using true colors in the terminal (taken from |highlight-guifg|
+and |highlight-guibg|), given that the terminal supports this. To make this 
+work the 'termguicolors' option needs to be set.
+
+Sometimes setting 'termguicolors' is not enough and one has to set the |t_8f|
+and |t_8b| options explicitly. Default values of these options are
+"^[[38;2;%lu;%lu;%lum" and "^[[48;2;%lu;%lu;%lum" respectively, but it is only
+set when `$TERM` is `xterm`. Some terminals accept the same sequences, but
+with all semicolons replaced by colons (this is actually more compatible, but
+less widely supported): >
+	 set t_8f=^[[38:2:%lu:%lu:%lum
+	 set t_8b=^[[48:2:%lu:%lu:%lum
+(replace `^[` with real escape) 
+
+These options contain printf strings, with |printf()| (actually, its C
+equivalent hence `l` modifier) invoked with the t_ option value and three
+unsigned long integers that may have any value between 0 and 255 (inclusive)
+representing red, green and blue colors respectively.
+
 							*xterm-resize*
 Window resizing with xterm only works if the allowWindowOps resource is
 enabled.  On some systems and versions of xterm it's disabled by default
@@ -542,7 +565,7 @@ correct values.
 
 One command can be used to set the screen size:
 
-						*:mod* *:mode* *E359* *E362*
+						*:mod* *:mode* *E359*
 :mod[e] [mode]
 
 Without argument this only detects the screen size and redraws the screen.

runtime/doc/todo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 26
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jul 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -27,60 +27,44 @@ Priority classification:
 See |develop.txt| for development plans.  You can vote for which items should
 be worked on, but only if you sponsor Vim development.  See |sponsor|.
 
-Issues can also be entered online: http://code.google.com/p/vim/issues/list
+Issues can also be entered online: https://github.com/vim/vim/issues
 Updates will be forwarded to the vim_dev maillist.  Issues entered there will
 not be repeated below, unless there is extra information.
 
 							*known-bugs*
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------
 
-assert_matches('pattern', value)
-
 +channel:
-- When decoding json, don't read all the typeahead at once, use the reader
-  properly.
 - When a message in the queue but there is no callback, drop it after a while?
   Add timestamp to queued messages and callbacks with ID, remove after a
   minute.  Option to set the droptime.
+- Add an option to drop text of very long lines?  Default to 1 Mbyte.
 - Add remark about undo sync, is there a way to force it?
 - When starting a job, have an option to open the server socket, so we know
   the port, and pass it to the command with --socket-fd {nr}. (Olaf Dabrunz,
   Feb 9)  How to do this on MS-Windows?
-- Make sure errors lead to a useful error msg. ["ex","foobar"]
 - For connection to server, a "keep open" flag would be useful.  Retry
   connecting in the main loop with zero timeout.
 Later
 - job_start(): run job in a newly opened terminal.
     With xterm could use -S{pty}.
 
-Partial:
-- Maybe we also need VAR_PARTIAL support in if_mzsch.
+Quickfix refactoring. (Yegappan Lakshmanan,)
 
-Packages:
-- make package for editexisting, others?
-
-Make it so that the window ID can be used where currently a window nr is used
-
-Fix to support --nofork for Windows batch files. (Kevin Cantú, 2016 Feb 23,
-#658, #659)  Also add "setlocal" at top of batch file?
-
-Patch to add matchstrpos(). (Ozaki Kiichi, 2016 Feb 28)
-
-Why does this: 	echo "a" . 1.1
-result in:	a11
-Should recognize float (so long as it's not ".1.1").
-
-Patch to make tag jump work on function({expr}). (Hirohito Higashi, 2016 Mar
-25)
-
-Allow for an empty dictionary key?
-
-Patch to improve I/O for Perl. (Damien, 2016 Jan 9, update Jan 22 2nd one)
-
-Patch to fix ml_get error. (Alexander Freiherr von Buddenbrock, 2016 Mar 4,
-#676)
+Quickfix improvements for background building and grepping:
+- Add a command modifier ":usefname" to quickfix commands and functions to
+  keep a file name as a string and not create a buffer for it? To avoid
+  creating lots of buffers. (Ramel Eshed)
+  Store the relative file name and set a flag "qf_relative".  Before changing
+  directory turn them into full paths.
+  When using getqflist() or getloclist() we need to get the bufnr for other
+  plugins.  Add a flag to not do that.
 
 Regexp problems:
+- Since 7.4.704 the old regex engine fails to match [[:print:]] in 0xf6.
+  (Manuel Ortega, 2016 Apr 24)
+  Test fails on Mac.  Avoid using isalpha(), isalnum(), etc?  Depends on
+  LC_CTYPE
 - The regexp engines are not reentrant, causing havoc when interrupted by a
   remote expression or something else.  Move global variables onto the stack
   or into an allocated struct.
@@ -101,6 +85,7 @@ Regexp problems:
 - NFA regexp doesn't handle \%<v correctly. (Ingo Karkat, 2014 May 12)
 - Does not work with NFA regexp engine:
   \%u, \%x, \%o, \%d followed by a composing character
+- \%'[ does not work.  '%'] does work.  (Masaaki Nakamura, 2016 Apr 4)
 - Bug relating to back references. (Ingo Karkat, 2014 Jul 24)
 - New RE does not give an error for empty group: "\(\)\{2}" (Dominique Pelle,
   2015 Feb 7)
@@ -121,59 +106,142 @@ Regexp problems:
 - The pattern "\1" with the old engine gives E65, with the new engine it
   matches the empty string. (Dominique Pelle, 2015 Oct 2, Nov 24)
 - Search for \\~ causes error E874.
+- Search for /\%d0\+  causes error E363 in a file with consecutive NUL
+  characters. (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Jun 7)
 
-Using freed memory in quickfix code. (Dominique, 2016 Mar 21)
+json_encode(): should convert to utf-8. (Nikolai Pavlov, 2016 Jan 23)
+What if there is an invalid character?
 
-Patch 7.4.1401 caused autochdir not to work on startup. (Rob Hoelz, #704)
+Should json_encode()/json_decode() restrict recursiveness?
+Or avoid recursiveness.
 
-Patch to fix that folds close with autocomplete.  #643
-Christian Brabandt, 2016 Feb 18.
+Also use funcref for substitute, instead of \=.
 
-Also include update_curswant() fix for getcurpos(). (Christian Brabandt, 2016
-Feb 9)
+Patch to define v:t_number etc. (Ken Takata, 2016 Jul 15)
 
-Patch to list some messages and clear messages. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2016 Mar
-12)
+Python: Extended funcrefs: use func_T* structure in place of char_u* function
+names.
+(ZyX, 2013 Jul 15, update Sep 22, 24, 28; Update 2013 Dec 15, 2014 Jan 6)
+Also fixes Bug: E685 error for func_unref(). (ZyX, 2010 Aug 5)
 
-Patch to fix escaping special characters for delete(). (tc-0, 2016 Mar 20,
-#700) Test fails on MS-Windows.
+Once .exe with updated installer is available: Add remark to download page
+about /S and /D options (Ken Takata, 2016 Apr 13)
 
-Patch to put undo options together in undo window.
-(Gary Johnson, 2016 Jan 28)
+Cursor positioned in the wrong place when editing src/testdir/test_viml.vim.
 
-Patch to have better check for {action} argument of setqflist().
-Nikolai Pavlov, Feb 25, #661.  Can be even more strict.
-Also see patch from Hirohito Higash, Feb 25.
-Updated patch, 2016 Mar 25.
+Javascript indent wrong after /* in single quoted string:
+    var SRC = 'src/*.js';
+    function log(tag) {
+	a = b;
+    }
 
-Patch to update the GTK icon cache when installing. (Kazunobu Kuriyama, 2016
-Feb 3)
+Use ADDR_OTHER instead of ADDR_LINES for many more commands.
+Add tests for using number larger than number of lines in buffer.
 
-Patch for test86 and test87. (Roland Puntaier, #622)
+Invalid behavior with NULL list. (Nikolai Pavlov, #768)
+
+For current Windows build .pdb file is missing. (Gabriele Fava, 2016 May 11)
+5)
+
+Support closure for lambda?  Ken Takata is working on it.
+
+Problem with whitespace in errorformat. (Gerd Wachsmuth, 2016 May 15, #807)
+
+Patch to allow setting w:quickfix_title via setqflist() and setloclist()
+functions. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 8, update May 21)
+Patch to add getlocstack() / setlocstack(). (Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 14)
+Second one. Update May 22.
+Update by Daniel Hahler, 2014 Jul 4, Aug 14, Oct 14, Oct 15.
+
+Patch to add filtering of the quickfix list. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2016 Mar
+13, last version)  Update June 26, #830.
+Instead use a Vim script implementation, invoked from a Vim command.
+
+ml_get errors when reloading file. (Chris Desjardins, 2016 Apr 19)
+Also with latest version.
+
+Patch to load rgb.txt once. (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Apr 29)
+
+Still problems with 'emoji'.  See issue #721.  Patch 7.4.1697 half-fixes it.
+Avoid PLAN_WRITE in windgoto() ?
+Should already never use utf-8 chars to position the cursor.
 
 Cannot delete a file with square brackets with delete(). (#696)
 
+No autocommand for when changing directory.  Patch from allen haim, 2016 Jun
+27, #888
+Justin M Keyes: use "global" or "window" for the pattern.  Can add "tab"
+later.
+
+MS-Windows: use WS_HIDE instead of SW_SHOWMINNOACTIVE in os_win32.c?
+Otherwise task flickers in taskbar.
+
+Should make ":@r" handle line continuation. (Cesar Romani, 2016 Jun 26)
+Also for ":@.".
+
+Patch to add TabNew, TabNewEntered and TabClosed autocommand events.
+(Felipe Morales, 2015 Feb 1)
+
+Repeating 'opfunc' in a function only works once. (Tarmean, 2016 Jul 15, #925)
+
+Patch on issue #728 by Christian Brabandt, 2016 Apr 7.  Update with test: Apr 8.
+Explanation Apr 12.
+Might be related to:
+Test 44 fails when [[=A=]] is changed to [[=À=]].  Caused by getcmdline() not
+handling the 0x80 as a second byte correctly?  (Dominique Pelle, 2015 Jun 10)
+
 Patch to add 'topbot' to 'belloff' option. (Coot, 2016 Mar 18, #695)
 
+Patch for C syntax HL. (Bradley Garagan, 2016 Apr 17) #763
+
 Patch to make matchit work better, respect 'matchpairs'. (Ken Takata, 2016 Mar
 25)
 
+This does not work: :set cscopequickfix=a-
+(Linewi, 2015 Jul 12, #914)
+
+Possibly wrong value for seq_cur. (Florent Fayolle, 2016 May 15, #806)
+
+Patch to improve map documentation. Issue #799.
+
+Patch for restoring wide characters in the console buffer.
+(Ken Takata, 2016 Jun 7)
+
 We can use '. to go to the last change in the current buffer, but how about
 the last change in any buffer?  Can we use ', (, is next to .)?
 
 Patch for Python: #622. (Roland Puntaier, 2016 Feb 2)
 What does it change?
 
+When generating the Unicode tables with runtime/tools/unicode.vim the
+emoji_width table has only one entry.
+
 It's possible to add ",," to 'wildignore', an empty entry.  Causes problems.
 Reject the value? #710.
 
-Win32: patch to use 64 bit stat() if possible. (Ken Takata, 2014 May 12)
-More tests May 14. Update May 29.  Update Aug 10.
-Now part of large file patches. (Ken Takata, 2016 Feb 1)
-Two patches now?  New update Feb 24.
+Patch to support strikethrough next to bold and italic. (Christian Brabandt,
+2013 Jul 30)  Update from Ken Takata, 2013 Oct 12.
+Update mentioned by Christian, 2016 Apr 25.
+Update from Ken Takata, 2016 Apr 26.
 
-Patch to support 64 bit ints for Number. (Ken Takata, 2016 Jan 21)
-Also in update of Feb 24?
+Patch to improve cscope. (Adrian Kocis, #843)
+
+Patch for groovy multi-line comment highlighting. (Justin M. Keyes, 2016 May
+20 #644)
+
+When doing "vi buf.md" a BufNew autocommand for *.md is not triggered.
+Because of using the initial buffer? (Dun Peal, 2016 May 12)
+
+Patch to add the :bvimgrep command.  (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Nov 12)
+Updated 2016 Jun 10, #858
+
+Add redrawtabline command. (Naruhiko Nishino, 2016 Jun 11)
+
+Neovim patch for utfc_ptr2char_len() https://github.com/neovim/neovim/pull/4574
+No test, needs some work to include.
+>
+Patch to improve indenting for C++ constructor with initializer list.
+(Hirohito Higashi, 2016 Mar 31)
 
 After 7.5 is released:
 - Drop support for older MS-Windows systems, before XP.
@@ -202,11 +270,10 @@ work. (ZyX, 2013 Sep 28) With examples: (Malcolm Rowe, 2015 Dec 24)
 
 Problem using ":try" inside ":execute". (ZyX, 2013 Sep 15)
 
-jsonencode(): should convert to utf-8. (Nikolai Pavlov, 2016 Jan 23)
-What if there is an invalid character?
+Patch to make tests pass with EBCDIC. (Owen Leibman, 2016 Apr 10)
 
-Should jsonencode()/jsondecode() restrict recursiveness?
-Or avoid recursiveness.
+When repeating the 'confirm' dialog one needs to press Enter. (ds26gte, 2016
+Apr 17)  #762
 
 Use vim.vim syntax highlighting for help file examples, but without ":" in
 'iskeyword' for syntax.
@@ -216,6 +283,10 @@ Patch to make "%:h:h" return "." instead of the full path.
 
 Remove SPACE_IN_FILENAME ? What could possibly go wrong?
 
+When command names are very long :command output is difficult to read.  Use a
+maximum for the column width?  (#871)
+Patcy by varmanishant, 2016 Jun 18, #876
+
 Patch to change GUI behavior: instead of changing the window size change the
 lines/columns when menu/toolbar/etc. is added/removed. (Ychin, 2016 Mar 20,
 #703)
@@ -227,28 +298,40 @@ Should use /usr/local/share/applications or /usr/share/applications.
 Or use $XDG_DATA_DIRS.
 Also need to run update-desktop-database (Kuriyama Kazunobu, 2015 Nov 4)
 
+Patch to add getbufinfo(), gettabinfo() and getwininfo(). (Yegappan
+Lakshmanan, 2016 Apr 2016)  Update Jun 8.
+
 Access to uninitialized memory in match_backref() regexp_nda.c:4882
 (Dominique Pelle, 2015 Nov 6)
 
 ":cd C:\Windows\System32\drivers\etc*" does not work, even though the
 directory exists. (Sergio Gallelli, 2013 Dec 29)
 
-Patch to avoid redrawing tabline when the popup menu is visible.
-(Christian Brabandt, 2016 Jan 28)
-
-Patch to add {skip} argument to search(). (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Feb 24)
-
-Add value "smart" to 'tagcase': ignore case when tag is all lower case.
-
 7   Add a watchpoint in the debug mode: An expression that breaks execution
     when evaluating to non-zero.  Add the "watchadd expr" command, stop when
     the value of the expression changes.  ":watchdel" deletes an item,
     ":watchlist" lists the items. (Charles Campbell)
-Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2016 Feb 1.
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2016 Jun 10, #859
+
+If ":bd" also closes a Tab page then the " mark is not set.  (Harm te Hennepe,
+2016 Apr 25, #780)
+
+Patch to avoid redrawing tabline when the popup menu is visible.
+(Christian Brabandt, 2016 Jan 28)
+
+Patch to add {skip} argument to search(). (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Feb 24)
+Update 2016 Jun 10, #861
+
+Add value "smart" to 'tagcase': ignore case when tag is all lower case.
+Patch from Christian Brabandt, 2016 Mar 30, #712.
 
 Patch to be able to use hex numbers with :digraph. (Lcd, 2015 Sep 6)
 Update Sep 7.  Update by Christian Brabandt, 2015 Sep 8, 2016 Feb 1.
 
+When the CursorMovedI event triggers, and CTRL-X was typed, a script cannot
+restore the mode properly. (Andrew Stewart, 2016 Apr 20)
+Do not trigger the event?
+
 Using ":windo" to set options in all windows has the side effect that it
 changes the window layout and the current window.  Make a variant that saves
 and restores.  Use in the matchparen plugin.
@@ -267,7 +350,7 @@ https://gist.github.com/presuku/d3d6b230b9b6dcfc0477
 Patch to make the behavior of "w" more straightforward, but not Vi compatible.
 With a 'cpo' flag.  (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Feb 8)
 
-Patch to add optionproperties(). (Anton Lindqvist, 2016 Mar 26)
+Patch to add optionproperties(). (Anton Lindqvist, 2016 Mar 27, update Apr 13)
 
 Patch to add TagNotFound autocommand. (Anton Lindqvist, 2016 Feb 3)
 
@@ -319,9 +402,6 @@ Patch to add :mapgroup, put mappings in a group like augroup.
 Value returned by virtcol() changes depending on how lines wrap.  This is
 inconsistent with the documentation.
 
-Patch to add filtering of the quickfix list. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2016 Mar
-13, last version)  Update Mar 21.
-
 Can we cache the syntax attributes, so that updates for 'relativenumber' and
 'cursorline'/'cursorcolumn' are a lot faster?
 
@@ -333,7 +413,7 @@ Use v:none.  var == v:none
 
 Patch to add arguments to argc() and argv(). (Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2016 Jan
 24)  Also need a way to get the global arg list?  Update later on Jan 24
-Update Mar 5.
+Update Mar 5. Update Apr 7.  Update Jun 5.
 
 To support Thai (and other languages) word boundaries, include the ICU
 library:  http://userguide.icu-project.org/boundaryanalysis
@@ -341,15 +421,9 @@ library:  http://userguide.icu-project.org/boundaryanalysis
 When complete() first argument is before where insert started and 'backspace'
 is Vi compatible, the completion fails. (Hirohito Higashi, 2015 Feb 19)
 
-Test 44 fails when [[=A=]] is changed to [[=À=]].  Caused by getcmdline() not
-handling the 0x80 as a second byte correctly?  (Dominique Pelle, 2015 Jun 10)
-
 Patch to use two highlight groups for relative numbers. (Shaun Brady, 2016 Jan
 30)
 
-Weird encryption problems on Windows. (Ben Fritz, 2015 Feb 13)
-Goes away when disabling the swap file. (might1, Feb 16)
-
 MS-Windows: Crash opening very long file name starting with "\\".
 (Christian Brock, 2012 Jun 29)
 
@@ -373,14 +447,9 @@ wildcards.  Add a ":nowild" command modifier?  (ZyX, 2015 March 4)
 Proposal to make options.txt easier to read. (Arnaud Decara, 2015 Aug 5)
 Update Aug 14.
 
-Crash in :cnext on MS-Windows. (Ben Fritz, 2015 Oct 27)
-
 When using --remote-tab on MS-Windows 'encoding' hasn't been initialized yet,
 the file name ends up encoded wrong. (Raul Coronado, 2015 Dec 21)
 
-Patch to add GUI colors to the terminal, when it supports it. (ZyX, 2013 Jan
-26, update 2013 Dec 14, another 2014 Nov 22)
-
 Patch for problem with restoring screen on Windows. (Nobuhiro Takasaki, 2015
 Sep 10)
 
@@ -388,7 +457,7 @@ Patch to set antialiasing style on Windows. (Ondrej Balaz, 2013 Mar 14)
 Needs a different check for CLEARTYPE_QUALITY.
 Problem mentioned by Christian Brabandt, 2016 Jan 4.
 
-Example in editing.txt uses $HOME with the expectating that it ends in a
+Example in editing.txt uses $HOME with the expectation that it ends in a
 slash.  For me it does, but perhaps not for everybody.  Add a function that
 inserts a slash when needed?  pathconcat(dir, path) (Thilo Six, 2015 Aug 12)
 
@@ -401,8 +470,6 @@ Patch to fix checking global option value when not using it.
 When 'showbreak' is set repeating a Visual operation counts the size of the
 'showbreak' text as part of the operation. (Axel Bender, 2015 Jul 20)
 
-Patch for matchit plugin related to multibyte chars. (Ken Takata, 2015 Jul 22)
-
 Patch for multi-byte characters in langmap and applying a mapping on them.
 (Christian Brabandt, 2015 Jun 12, update July 25)
 Is this the right solution?  Need to cleanup langmap behavior:
@@ -413,6 +480,7 @@ Is this the right solution?  Need to cleanup langmap behavior:
   covered by the above change.
 So that replaying the register doesn't use keymap/langmap and still does the
 same thing.  Remarks on issue 543 (Roland Puntaier).
+Also see #737: langmap not applied to replaying recording.
 
 Patch to add grepfile(). (Scott Prager, 2015 May 26)
 Work in progress.
@@ -430,9 +498,6 @@ Breaks test_eval.  Inefficient, can we only compute y_width when needed?
 Patch to use different terminal mode settings for system(). (Hayaki Saito)
 Does this work for everybody?
 
-Patch to fix that wide characters do not work properly after exiting.
-(Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2015 May 24) Better patch to come.
-
 Patch to add wordcount().  Same info as g CTRL-G. (Christian Brabandt, 2015
 Nov 17)
 
@@ -491,12 +556,6 @@ Is this a good solution?
 
 Patch to add /pattern/ to :oldfiles.  Pull #575.
 
-Patch to allow setting w:quickfix_title via setqflist() and setloclist()
-functions. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 8, update May 21)
-Patch to add getlocstack() / setlocstack(). (Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 14)
-Second one. Update May 22.
-Update by Daniel Hahler, 2014 Jul 4, Aug 14, Oct 14, Oct 15.
-
 Patch: Let rare word highlighting overrule good word highlighting.
 (Jakson A. Aquino, 2010 Jul 30, again 2011 Jul 2)
 
@@ -512,7 +571,7 @@ Patch for ordered dict. (Ozaki Kiichi, 2015 May 7)
 Patch to make closed folds line up. (Charles Campbell, 2014 Sep 12)
 Remark from Roland Eggner: does it cause crashes? (2014 Dec 12)
 Updated patch by Roland Eggner, Dec 16
-Updated patch from Charles, 2016 Jan 4.
+Updated patch from Charles, 2016 Jul 2
 
 Patch to open folds for 'incsearch'. (Christian Brabandt, 2015 Jan 6)
 
@@ -525,7 +584,7 @@ Patch: On MS-Windows shellescape() may have to triple double quotes.
 (Ingo Karkat, 2015 Jan 16)
 
 Patch for variable tabstops.  On github (Christian Brabandt, 2014 May 15)
-Update 2016 Jan 31 (email).
+Update 2016 Jun 10, # 857
 
 Redo only remembers the last change.  Could use "{count}g." to redo an older
 change.  How does the user know which change?  At least have a way to list
@@ -548,9 +607,6 @@ Jun 8)
 Bug: Autocompleting ":tag/pat" replaces "/pat" with a match but does not
 insert a space. (Micha Mos, 2014 Nov 7)
 
-Patch to add the :bvimgrep command.  (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Nov 12)
-Updated 2016 Feb 10
-
 Patch to add argument to :cquit. (Thinca, 2014 Oct 12)
 
 No error for missing endwhile. (ZyX, 2014 Mar 20)
@@ -584,9 +640,6 @@ What for systems that don't have unsetenv()?
 
 Patch to add a :domodeline command. (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Oct 21)
 
-Patch to add TabNew, TabNewEntered and TabClosed autocommand events.
-(Felipe Morales, 2015 Feb 1)
-
 This does not give an error: (Andre Sihera, 2014 Mar 21)
     vim -u NONE 1 2 3 -c 'bufdo if 1 | echo 1'
 This neither: (ZyX)
@@ -653,14 +706,6 @@ various other commands.  (ZyX, 2014 Mar 30)
 Patch to skip sort if no line matches the expression.
 (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Jun 25)
 
-Patch to add sortuniq(). (Cade Forester, 2014 Mar 19)
-Or add uniq() instead?  Patch by lcd47, but it has problems.
-
-Patch to support expression argument to sort() instead of a function name.
-Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2013 May 31.
-Or should we add a more general mechanism, like a lambda() function?
-Patch by Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2014 Sep 16.
-
 VMS: Select() doesn't work properly, typing ESC may hang Vim.  Use sys$qiow
 instead. (Samuel Ferencik, 2013 Sep 28)
 
@@ -708,11 +753,6 @@ Patch by Thomas Tuegel, also for GTK, 2013 Nov 24
 
 :help gives example for z?, but it does not work.  m? and t? do work.
 
-Python: Extended funcrefs: use func_T* structure in place of char_u* function
-names.
-(ZyX, 2013 Jul 15, update Sep 22, 24, 28; Update 2013 Dec 15, 2014 Jan 6)
-Also fixes Bug: E685 error for func_unref(). (ZyX, 2010 Aug 5)
-
 Patch to add funcref to Lua.  (Luis Carvalho, 2013 Sep 4)
 With tests: Sep 5.
 
@@ -799,6 +839,7 @@ optional. (2013 Jul 12)
 Dialog is too big on Linux too. (David Fishburn, 2013 Sep 2)
 
 Improve the installer for MS-Windows.  There are a few alternatives:
+- Add silent install option. (Shane Lee, #751)
 - Installer from Cream (Steve Hall).
 - Modern UI 2.0 for the Nsis installer. (Guopeng Wen)
     https://github.com/gpwen/vim-installer-mui2
@@ -1102,7 +1143,7 @@ Build problem with small features on Mac OS X 10.6. (Rainer, 2011 Jan 24)
 
 "0g@$" puts '] on last byte of multi-byte. (ZyX, 2011 Jan 22)
 
-Patch to addd TextDeletePost and TextYankPost events. (Philippe Vaucher, 2011
+Patch to add TextDeletePost and TextYankPost events. (Philippe Vaucher, 2011
 May 24)  Update May 26.
 
 Patch for :tabrecently. (Hirokazu Yoshida, 2012 Jan 30)
@@ -1274,12 +1315,6 @@ Gui menu edit/paste in block mode insert only inserts in one line (Bjorn
 Winckler, 2011 May 11)
 Requires a map mode for Insert mode started from blockwise Visual mode.
 
-Use json format for new items in .viminfo:
-    |["info","any info"]
-    |["text","text text text"
-    |"continuation line"]
-    |["hist",242342342,{"arg":"value"}]
-
 Writing nested List and Dict in viminfo gives error message and can't be read
 back. (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2010 Nov 13)
 
@@ -1579,9 +1614,6 @@ probably causes this.
 'scrollbind' is not respected when deleting lines or undo. (Milan Vancura,
 2009 Jan 16)
 
-Patch to support strikethrough next to bold and italic. (Christian Brabandt,
-2013 Jul 30)  Update from Ken Takata, 2013 Oct 12.
-
 Document that default font in Athena can be set with resources:
    XtDefaultFont: "9x15"
    XtDefaultFontSet: "9x15"
@@ -1926,10 +1958,6 @@ Win32: using "gvim --remote-tab-silent fname" sometimes gives an empty screen
 with the more prompt.  Caused by setting the guitablabel?  (Thomas Michael
 Engelke, 2007 Dec 20 - 2008 Jan 17)
 
-Win64: Seek error in swap file for a very big file (3 Gbyte).  Check storing
-pointer in long and seek offset in 64 bit var.
-Patches from Ken Takata might help (2014 Apr 17)
-
 Win32: patch for fullscreen mode. (Liushaolin, 2008 April 17)
 
 Win32: When 'shell' is bash shellescape() doesn't always do the right thing.
@@ -3810,7 +3838,7 @@ Vim script language:
 8   Pass the command line arguments to Vim scripts in some way.  As v:args
     List?  Or extra parameter to argv()?
 8   Add command arguments with three dashes, passed on to Vim scripts.
-7   Add optional arguments to user functions:
+9   Add optional arguments to user functions:
 	:func myFunc(arg1, arg2, arg3 = "blah", arg4 = 17)
 6   User functions: Functions local to buffer "b:func()"?
 8   For Strings add ":let var[{expr}] = {expr}".  When past the end of "var"
@@ -4863,7 +4891,7 @@ Searching:
     lines 23 to 45?  Or does this conflict with Ex range syntax?
 8   Allow identical pairs in 'matchpairs'.  Restrict the search to the current
     line.
-7   Allow longer pairs in 'matchpairs'.  Use ~/vim/macros/matchit.vim as an
+7   Allow longer pairs in 'matchpairs'.  Use matchit.vim as an
     example.
 8   Make it possible to define the character that "%" checks for in
     #if/#endif.  For nmake it's !if/!endif.

runtime/doc/usr_05.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_05.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 25
+*usr_05.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 28
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -363,10 +363,9 @@ Example for Unix (assuming you didn't have a plugin directory yet): >
 
 	mkdir ~/.vim
 	mkdir ~/.vim/plugin
-	cp /usr/local/share/vim/vim60/macros/justify.vim ~/.vim/plugin
+	cp /tmp/yourplugin.vim ~/.vim/plugin
 
-That's all!  Now you can use the commands defined in this plugin to justify
-text.
+That's all!  Now you can use the commands defined in this plugin.
 
 Instead of putting plugins directly into the plugin/ directory, you may
 better organize them by putting them into subdirectories under plugin/.

runtime/doc/usr_25.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_25.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Oct 29
+*usr_25.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 28
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -196,12 +196,16 @@ Vim has no built-in way of justifying text.  However, there is a neat macro
 package that does the job.  To use this package, execute the following
 command: >
 
-	:runtime macros/justify.vim
+	:packadd justify
+
+Or put this line in your |vimrc|: >
+
+	packadd! justify
 
 This Vim script file defines a new visual command "_j".  To justify a block of
 text, highlight the text in Visual mode and then execute "_j".
    Look in the file for more explanations.  To go there, do "gf" on this name:
-$VIMRUNTIME/macros/justify.vim.
+$VIMRUNTIME/pack/dist/opt/justify/plugin/justify.vim.
 
 An alternative is to filter the text through an external program.  Example: >
 

runtime/doc/usr_41.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 15
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jul 09
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -592,6 +592,7 @@ String manipulation:					*string-functions*
 	match()			position where a pattern matches in a string
 	matchend()		position where a pattern match ends in a string
 	matchstr()		match of a pattern in a string
+	matchstrpos()		match and postions of a pattern in a string
 	matchlist()		like matchstr() and also return submatches
 	stridx()		first index of a short string in a long string
 	strridx()		last index of a short string in a long string
@@ -601,13 +602,16 @@ String manipulation:					*string-functions*
 	strdisplaywidth()	size of string when displayed, deals with tabs
 	substitute()		substitute a pattern match with a string
 	submatch()		get a specific match in ":s" and substitute()
-	strpart()		get part of a string
+	strpart()		get part of a string using byte index
+	strcharpart()		get part of a string using char index
+	strgetchar()		get character from a string using char index
 	expand()		expand special keywords
 	iconv()			convert text from one encoding to another
 	byteidx()		byte index of a character in a string
 	byteidxcomp()		like byteidx() but count composing characters
 	repeat()		repeat a string multiple times
 	eval()			evaluate a string expression
+	execute()		execute an Ex command and get the output
 
 List manipulation:					*list-functions*
 	get()			get an item without error for wrong index
@@ -677,6 +681,7 @@ Floating point computation:				*float-functions*
 	sinh()			hyperbolic sine
 	cosh()			hyperbolic cosine
 	tanh()			hyperbolic tangent
+	isnan()			check for not a number
 
 Other computation:					*bitwise-function*
 	and()			bitwise AND
@@ -731,11 +736,14 @@ Working with text in the current buffer:		*text-functions*
 	searchpair()		find the other end of a start/skip/end
 	searchpairpos()		find the other end of a start/skip/end
 	searchdecl()		search for the declaration of a name
+	getcharsearch()		return character search information
+	setcharsearch()		set character search information
 
 					*system-functions* *file-functions*
 System functions and manipulation of files:
 	glob()			expand wildcards
 	globpath()		expand wildcards in a number of directories
+	glob2regpat()		convert a glob pattern into a search pattern
 	findfile()		find a file in a list of directories
 	finddir()		find a directory in a list of directories
 	resolve()		find out where a shortcut points to
@@ -747,6 +755,7 @@ System functions and manipulation of files:
 	filereadable()		check if a file can be read
 	filewritable()		check if a file can be written to
 	getfperm()		get the permissions of a file
+	setfperm()		set the permissions of a file
 	getftype()		get the kind of a file
 	isdirectory()		check if a directory exists
 	getfsize()		get the size of a file
@@ -768,6 +777,7 @@ Date and Time:				*date-functions* *time-functions*
 	strftime()		convert time to a string
 	reltime()		get the current or elapsed time accurately
 	reltimestr()		convert reltime() result to a string
+	reltimefloat()		convert reltime() result to a Float
 
 			*buffer-functions* *window-functions* *arg-functions*
 Buffers, windows and the argument list:
@@ -784,9 +794,15 @@ Buffers, windows and the argument list:
 	tabpagenr()		get the number of a tab page
 	tabpagewinnr()		like winnr() for a specified tab page
 	winnr()			get the window number for the current window
+	bufwinid()		get the window ID of a specific buffer
 	bufwinnr()		get the window number of a specific buffer
 	winbufnr()		get the buffer number of a specific window
 	getbufline()		get a list of lines from the specified buffer
+	win_findbuf()		find windows containing a buffer
+	win_getid()		get window ID of a window
+	win_gotoid()		go to window with ID
+	win_id2tabwin()		get tab and window nr from window ID
+	win_id2win()		get window nr from window ID
 
 Command line:					*command-line-functions*
 	getcmdline()		get the current command line
@@ -890,18 +906,55 @@ Mappings:				    *mapping-functions*
 
 Testing:				    *test-functions*
 	assert_equal()		assert that two expressions values are equal
+	assert_notequal()	assert that two expressions values are not equal
+	assert_match()		assert that a pattern matches the value
+	assert_notmatch()	assert that a pattern does not match the value
 	assert_false()		assert that an expression is false
 	assert_true()		assert that an expression is true
 	assert_exception()	assert that a command throws an exception
 	assert_fails()		assert that a function call fails
+	test_alloc_fail()	make memory allocation fail
+	test_disable_char_avail()	test without typeahead
+	test_garbagecollect_now()	free memory right now
+	test_null_channel()	return a null Channel
+	test_null_dict()	return a null Dict
+	test_null_job()		return a null Job
+	test_null_list()	return a null List
+	test_null_partial()	return a null Partial function
+	test_null_string()	return a null String
 
-Inter-process communication:
+Inter-process communication:		    *channel-functions*
 	ch_open()		open a channel
 	ch_close()		close a channel
+	ch_read()		read a message from a channel
+	ch_readraw()		read a raw message from a channel
 	ch_sendexpr()		send a JSON message over a channel
 	ch_sendraw()		send a raw message over a channel
-	jsonencode()		encode an expression to a JSON string
-	jsondecode()		decode a JSON string to Vim types
+	ch_evalexpr()		evaluates an expression over channel
+	ch_evalraw()		evaluates a raw string over channel
+	ch_status()		get status of a channel
+	ch_getbufnr()		get the buffer number of a channel
+	ch_getjob()		get the job associated with a channel
+	ch_info()		get channel information
+	ch_log()		write a message in the channel log file
+	ch_logfile()		set the channel log file
+	ch_setoptions()		set the options for a channel
+	json_encode()		encode an expression to a JSON string
+	json_decode()		decode a JSON string to Vim types
+	js_encode()		encode an expression to a JSON string
+	js_decode()		decode a JSON string to Vim types
+
+Jobs:		    			        *job-functions*
+	job_start()		start a job
+	job_stop()		stop a job
+	job_status()		get the status of a job
+	job_getchannel()	get the channel used by a job
+	job_info()		get information about a job
+	job_setoptions()	set options for a job
+
+Timers:						*timer-functions*
+	timer_start()		create a timer
+	timer_stop()		stop a timer
 
 Various:					*various-functions*
 	mode()			get current editing mode
@@ -926,6 +979,8 @@ Various:					*various-functions*
 
 	shiftwidth()		effective value of 'shiftwidth'
 
+	wordcount()		get byte/word/char count of buffer
+
 	taglist()		get list of matching tags
 	tagfiles()		get a list of tags files
 
@@ -934,7 +989,6 @@ Various:					*various-functions*
 	perleval()		evaluate Perl expression (|+perl|)
 	py3eval()		evaluate Python expression (|+python3|)
 	pyeval()		evaluate Python expression (|+python|)
-	wordcount()		get byte/word/char count of buffer
 
 ==============================================================================
 *41.7*	Defining a function
@@ -1402,9 +1456,9 @@ Now we can instantiate a Dutch translation object: >
 And a German translator: >
 
 	:let uk2de = copy(transdict)
-	:let uk2de.words = {'one': 'ein', 'two': 'zwei', 'three': 'drei'}
+	:let uk2de.words = {'one': 'eins', 'two': 'zwei', 'three': 'drei'}
 	:echo uk2de.translate('three one')
-<	drei ein ~
+<	drei eins ~
 
 You see that the copy() function is used to make a copy of the "transdict"
 Dictionary and then the copy is changed to add the words.  The original

runtime/doc/various.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*various.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 20
+*various.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jul 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -390,7 +390,9 @@ N  *+multi_lang*	non-English language support |multi-lang|
 m  *+mzscheme*		Mzscheme interface |mzscheme|
 m  *+mzscheme/dyn*	Mzscheme interface |mzscheme-dynamic| |/dyn|
 m  *+netbeans_intg*	|netbeans|
+   *+num64*		64-bit Number support |Number|
 m  *+ole*		Win32 GUI only: |ole-interface|
+N  *+packages*		Loading |packages|
 N  *+path_extra*	Up/downwards search in 'path' and 'tags'
 m  *+perl*		Perl interface |perl|
 m  *+perl/dyn*		Perl interface |perl-dynamic| |/dyn|
@@ -424,6 +426,7 @@ m  *+tcl*		Tcl interface |tcl|
 m  *+tcl/dyn*		Tcl interface |tcl-dynamic| |/dyn|
    *+terminfo*		uses |terminfo| instead of termcap
 N  *+termresponse*	support for |t_RV| and |v:termresponse|
+B  *+termguicolors*	24-bit color in xterm-compatible terminals support
 N  *+textobjects*	|text-objects| selection
    *+tgetent*		non-Unix only: able to use external termcap
 N  *+timers*		the |timer_start()| function
@@ -467,9 +470,12 @@ N  *+X11*		Unix only: can restore window title |X11|
 			shown on the screen.  When [!] is included, an
 			existing file is overwritten.  When [!] is omitted,
 			and {file} exists, this command fails.
+
 			Only one ":redir" can be active at a time.  Calls to
 			":redir" will close any active redirection before
-			starting redirection to the new target.
+			starting redirection to the new target.  For recursive
+			use check out |execute()|.
+
 			To stop the messages and commands from being echoed to
 			the screen, put the commands in a function and call it
 			with ":silent call Function()".
@@ -509,6 +515,8 @@ N  *+X11*		Unix only: can restore window title |X11|
 			redirection starts, if the variable is removed or
 			locked or the variable type is changed, then further
 			command output messages will cause errors. {not in Vi}
+			To get the output of one command the |execute()|
+			function can be used.
 
 :redi[r] =>> {var}	Append messages to an existing variable.  Only string
 			variables can be used. {not in Vi}
@@ -605,13 +613,16 @@ K			Run a program to lookup the keyword under the
 			directory of Vim.  It is called 'ref' and does a
 			simple spelling check.
 			Special cases:
+			- If 'keywordprg' begins with ":" it is invoked as
+			  a Vim Ex command with [count].
 			- If 'keywordprg' is empty, the ":help" command is
 			  used.  It's a good idea to include more characters
 			  in 'iskeyword' then, to be able to find more help.
-			- When 'keywordprg' is equal to "man", a count before
-			  "K" is inserted after the "man" command and before
-			  the keyword.  For example, using "2K" while the
-			  cursor is on "mkdir", results in: >
+			- When 'keywordprg' is equal to "man" or starts with
+			  ":", a [count] before "K" is inserted after
+			  keywordprg and before the keyword.  For example,
+			  using "2K" while the cursor is on "mkdir", results
+			  in: >
 				!man 2 mkdir
 <			- When 'keywordprg' is equal to "man -s", a count
 			  before "K" is inserted after the "-s".  If there is

runtime/doc/version7.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*version7.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Aug 29
+*version7.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jun 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1681,7 +1681,7 @@ work.  Use "LPT1" then.
 The GTK font dialog uses a font size zero when the font name doesn't include a
 size.  Use a default size of 10.
 
-This example in the documentation didn't work:
+This example in the documentation didn't work: >
     :e `=foo . ".c"`
 Skip over the expression in `=expr` when looking for comments, |, % and #.
 
@@ -10158,7 +10158,7 @@ an error.  Was caused by patch 7.2.132.
 Make the references to features in the help more consistent. (Sylvain Hitier)
 
 ==============================================================================
-VERSION 7.4					*version-7.4* *version7.4*
+VERSION 7.4				*version-7.4* *version7.4* *vim-7.4*
 
 This section is about improvements made between version 7.3 and 7.4.
 

runtime/doc/version8.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+*version8.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2016 Jul 16
+
+
+		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
+
+NOTE: THIS FILE IS STILL BEING WORKED ON
+
+				*vim8* *vim-8* *version-8.0* *version8.0*
+Welcome to Vim 8!  A large number of bugs have been fixed and several
+features have been added.  This file mentions all the new items and changes to
+existing features since Vim 7.4. Bug fixes, the patches for Vim 7.4, can be
+found below |vim-7.4|.  Use this command to see the version you are using: >
+	:version
+
+See |vi_diff.txt| for an overview of differences between Vi and Vim 7.0.
+See |version4.txt|, |version5.txt|, |version6.txt| and |version7.txt| for
+differences between other versions.
+
+NEW FEATURES				|new-8|
+
+Vim script enhancements			|new-vim-script-8|
+
+INCOMPATIBLE CHANGES			|incompatible-8|
+
+IMPROVEMENTS				|improvements-8|
+
+COMPILE TIME CHANGES			|compile-changes-8|
+
+PATCHES					|patches-8|
+
+
+==============================================================================
+NEW FEATURES						*new-8*
+
+First a list of the bigger new features.  A comprehensive list is below.
+
+
+Asynchronous I/O support, channels ~
+
+Vim can now exchange messages with other processes in the background.  This
+makes it possible to have servers do work and send back the results to Vim.
+See |channel-demo| for an example, this shows communicating with a Python
+server.
+
+Closely related to channels is JSON support.  JSON is widely supported and can
+easily be used for inter-process communication, allowing for writing a server
+in any language.  The functions to use are |json_encode()| and |json_decode()|.
+
+This makes it possible to build very complex plugins, written in any language
+and running in a separate process.
+
+
+Jobs ~
+
+Vim can now start a job, communicate with it and stop it.  This is very useful
+to run a process for completion, syntax checking, etc.  Channels are used to
+communicate with the job.  Jobs can also read from or write to a buffer or a
+file.  See |job_start()|.
+
+
+Timers ~
+
+Also asynchronous are timers.  They can fire once or repeatedly and invoke a
+function to do any work.  For example: >
+	let tempTimer = timer_start(4000, 'CheckTemp')
+This will call the CheckTemp() function four seconds (4000 milli seconds)
+later.
+
+
+Partials ~
+
+Vim already had a Funcref, a reference to a function.  A partial also refers
+to a function, and additionally binds arguments and/or a dictionary.  This is
+especially useful for callbacks on channels and timers.  E.g., for the timer
+example above, to pass an argument to the function: >
+	let tempTimer = timer_start(4000, function('CheckTemp', ['out']))
+This will call CheckTemp('out') four seconds later.
+
+
+Lambda ~
+
+A short way to create a function has been added: {args -> expr}.  See |lambda|.
+This is useful for functions such as `filter()` and `map()`, which now also
+accept a function argument.  Example: >
+	:call filter(mylist, {idx, val -> val > 20})
+
+
+Packages ~
+
+Plugins keep growing and more of them are available than ever before.  To keep
+the collection of plugins manageable package support has been added.  This is
+a convenient way to get one or more plugins, drop them in a directory and
+possibly keep them updated.  Vim will load them automatically, or only when
+desired.  See |packages|.
+
+
+New style tests ~
+
+This is for Vim developers.  So far writing tests for Vim has not been easy.
+Vim 8 adds assert functions and a framework to run tests.  This makes it a lot
+simpler to write tests and keep them updated.  Also new are several functions
+that are added specifically for testing. See |test-functions|.
+
+
+Window IDs ~
+
+Previously windows could only be accessed by their number. And every time a
+window would open, close or move that number changes.  Each window now has a
+unique ID, so that they are easy to find.  See |win_getid()| and |win_id2win()|.
+
+
+Viminfo uses timestamps ~
+
+Previously the information stored in viminfo was whatever the last Vim wrote
+there.  Now timestamps are used to always keep the most recent items.
+See |viminfo-timestamp|.
+
+
+Wrapping lines with indent ~
+
+The 'breakindent' option has been added to be able to wrap lines without
+changing the amount of indent.
+
+
+Windows: Direct-X support ~
+
+This adds the 'renderoptions' option to allow for switching on Direct-X
+(DirectWrite) support on MS-Windows.
+
+
+GTK+ 3 support ~
+
+GTK+ 2 is getting old, GTK+ 3 is here.  Support has been added and it already
+works quite well, mostly just like GTK+ 2.
+
+
+Vim script enhancements					*new-vim-script-8*
+-----------------------
+
+In Vim script the following types have been added:
+
+	|Special|	|v:false|, |v:true|, |v:none| and |v:null|
+	|Channel|	connection to another process for asynchronous I/O
+	|Job|		process control
+
+Many functions and commands have been added to support the new types.
+
+
+
+Various new items					*new-items-8*
+-----------------
+
+Normal mode commands: ~
+
+
+Insert mode commands: ~
+
+
+Options: ~
+
+
+Ex commands: ~
+
+
+Ex command modifiers: ~
+
+
+Ex command arguments: ~
+
+
+New and extended functions: ~
+
+
+
+New Vim variables: ~
+
+|v:vim_did_enter|	Set when VimEnter autocommands are triggered
+
+
+New autocommand events: ~
+
+
+
+New highlight groups: ~
+
+
+New items in search patterns: ~
+
+
+New Syntax/Indent/FTplugin files: ~
+
+
+New Keymaps: ~
+
+
+New message translations: ~
+
+
+Others: ~
+
+
+==============================================================================
+INCOMPATIBLE CHANGES				*incompatible-8*
+
+These changes are incompatible with previous releases.  Check this list if you
+run into a problem when upgrading from Vim 7.4 to 8.0.
+
+The support for MS-DOS has been removed.  It hasn't been working for a while
+and removing it cleans up the code quite a bit.
+
+The support for Windows 16 bit (Windows 95 and older) has been removed.
+
+Minor incompatibilities:
+
+For filetype detection: ...
+
+==============================================================================
+IMPROVEMENTS						*improvements-8*
+
+The existing blowfish encryption turned out to be much weaker than it was
+supposed to be.  The blowfish2 method has been added to fix that.  Note that
+this still isn't a state-of-the-art encryption, but good enough for most
+usage.  See 'cryptmethod'.
+
+==============================================================================
+COMPILE TIME CHANGES					*compile-changes-8*
+
+Dropped the support for MS-DOS.  It was too big to fit in memory.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+PATCHES						*patches-8* *bug-fixes-8*
+
+The list of patches that got included since 7.4.0.  This includes all the new
+features, but does not include runtime file changes (syntax, indent, help,
+etc.)
+
+TODO: INCLUDE PATCH LIST.
+
+ vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/vim.1

@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ When N is omitted, open one tab page for each file.
 \-R
 Read-only mode.
 The 'readonly' option will be set.
-You can still edit the buffer, but will be prevented from accidently
+You can still edit the buffer, but will be prevented from accidentally
 overwriting a file.
 If you do want to overwrite a file, add an exclamation mark to the Ex command,
 as in ":w!".

runtime/doc/windows.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*windows.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Feb 01
+*windows.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jun 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -76,6 +76,16 @@ places where a Normal mode command can't be used or is inconvenient.
 The main Vim window can hold several split windows.  There are also tab pages
 |tab-page|, each of which can hold multiple windows.
 
+Each window has a unique identifier called the window ID.  This identifier
+will not change within a Vim session. The |win_getid()| and |win_id2tabwin()|
+functions can be used to convert between the window/tab number and the
+identifier.  There is also the window number, which may change whenever
+windows are opened or closed, see |winnr()|.
+
+Each buffer has a unique number and the number will not change within a Vim
+session.  The |bufnr()| and |bufname()| functions can be used to convert
+between a buffer name and the buffer number.
+
 ==============================================================================
 2. Starting Vim						*windows-starting*
 

runtime/filetype.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2015 Dec 03
+" Last Change:	2016 Jul 16
 
 " Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
 if exists("did_load_filetypes")
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ augroup filetypedetect
 
 " Ignored extensions
 if exists("*fnameescape")
-au BufNewFile,BufRead ?\+.orig,?\+.bak,?\+.old,?\+.new,?\+.dpkg-dist,?\+.dpkg-old,?\+.dpkg-new,?\+.dpkg-bak,?\+.rpmsave,?\+.rpmnew
+au BufNewFile,BufRead ?\+.orig,?\+.bak,?\+.old,?\+.new,?\+.dpkg-dist,?\+.dpkg-old,?\+.dpkg-new,?\+.dpkg-bak,?\+.rpmsave,?\+.rpmnew,?\+.pacsave,?\+.pacnew
 	\ exe "doau filetypedetect BufRead " . fnameescape(expand("<afile>:r"))
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *~
 	\ let s:name = expand("<afile>") |
@@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jgr			setf jgraph
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jov,*.j73,*.jovial	setf jovial
 
 " JSON
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.json,*.jsonp		setf json
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.json,*.jsonp,*.webmanifest	setf json
 
 " Kixtart
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.kix			setf kix
@@ -1621,11 +1621,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/protocols		setf protocols
 " Pyrex
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pyx,*.pxd		setf pyrex
 
-" Python
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.py,*.pyw		setf python
-
+" Python, Python Shell Startup Files
 " Quixote (Python-based web framework)
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ptl			setf python
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.py,*.pyw,.pythonstartup,.pythonrc,*.ptl  setf python
 
 " Radiance
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rad,*.mat		setf radiance
@@ -1861,11 +1859,19 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead catalog			setf catalog
 au BufNewFile,BufRead sgml.catalog*		call s:StarSetf('catalog')
 
 " Shell scripts (sh, ksh, bash, bash2, csh); Allow .profile_foo etc.
-" Gentoo ebuilds are actually bash scripts
-au BufNewFile,BufRead .bashrc*,bashrc,bash.bashrc,.bash[_-]profile*,.bash[_-]logout*,.bash[_-]aliases*,*.bash,*/{,.}bash[_-]completion{,.d,.sh}{,/*},*.ebuild,*.eclass call SetFileTypeSH("bash")
+" Gentoo ebuilds and Arch Linux PKGBUILDs are actually bash scripts
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .bashrc*,bashrc,bash.bashrc,.bash[_-]profile*,.bash[_-]logout*,.bash[_-]aliases*,*.bash,*/{,.}bash[_-]completion{,.d,.sh}{,/*},*.ebuild,*.eclass,PKGBUILD* call SetFileTypeSH("bash")
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .kshrc*,*.ksh call SetFileTypeSH("ksh")
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/profile,.profile*,*.sh,*.env call SetFileTypeSH(getline(1))
 
+" Shell script (Arch Linux) or PHP file (Drupal)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.install
+	\ if getline(1) =~ '<?php' |
+	\   setf php |
+	\ else |
+	\   call SetFileTypeSH("bash") |
+	\ endif
+
 " Also called from scripts.vim.
 func! SetFileTypeSH(name)
   if expand("<amatch>") =~ g:ft_ignore_pat
@@ -2637,6 +2643,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead [rR]akefile*		call s:StarSetf('ruby')
 " Mail (also matches muttrc.vim, so this is below the other checks)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead mutt[[:alnum:]._-]\\\{6\}	setf mail
 
+au BufNewFile,BufRead reportbug-*		call s:StarSetf('mail')
+
 " Modconf
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/modutils/*
 	\ if executable(expand("<afile>")) != 1

runtime/ftplugin/c.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	C
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2012 Jul 10
+" Last Change:	2016 Jun 12
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ endif
 " When the matchit plugin is loaded, this makes the % command skip parens and
 " braces in comments.
 let b:match_words = &matchpairs . ',^\s*#\s*if\(\|def\|ndef\)\>:^\s*#\s*elif\>:^\s*#\s*else\>:^\s*#\s*endif\>'
-let b:match_skip = 's:comment\|string\|character'
+let b:match_skip = 's:comment\|string\|character\|special'
 
 " Win32 can filter files in the browse dialog
 if (has("gui_win32") || has("gui_gtk")) && !exists("b:browsefilter")

runtime/ftplugin/groovy.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:	groovy
+" Maintainer:	Justin M. Keyes <justinkz@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2016 May 22
+
+if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo-=C
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal commentstring<'
+
+setlocal commentstring=//%s
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/ftplugin/man.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	man
 " Maintainer:	SungHyun Nam <goweol@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 	2016 Feb 04
+" Last Change: 	2016 Jun 20
 
 " To make the ":Man" command available before editing a manual page, source
 " this script from your startup vimrc file.
@@ -150,7 +150,17 @@ func <SID>GetPage(...)
       endwhile
     endif
     if &filetype != "man"
-      new
+      if exists("g:ft_man_open_mode")
+        if g:ft_man_open_mode == "vert"
+          vnew
+        elseif g:ft_man_open_mode == "tab"
+          tabnew
+        else
+          new
+        endif
+      else
+        new
+      endif
       setl nonu fdc=0
     endif
   endif
@@ -160,10 +170,15 @@ func <SID>GetPage(...)
 
   setl ma nonu nornu nofen
   silent exec "norm 1GdG"
+  let unsetwidth = 0
   if empty($MANWIDTH)
     let $MANWIDTH = winwidth(0)
+    let unsetwidth = 1
   endif
   silent exec "r!/usr/bin/man ".s:GetCmdArg(sect, page)." | col -b"
+  if unsetwidth
+    let $MANWIDTH = ''
+  endif
   " Remove blank lines from top and bottom.
   while getline(1) =~ '^\s*$'
     silent keepj norm ggdd
@@ -175,6 +190,7 @@ func <SID>GetPage(...)
   setl ft=man nomod
   setl bufhidden=hide
   setl nobuflisted
+  setl noma
 endfunc
 
 func <SID>PopPage()
@@ -195,4 +211,4 @@ endfunc
 
 endif
 
-" vim: set sw=2:
+" vim: set sw=2 ts=8 noet:

runtime/ftplugin/python.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,9 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	python
-" Maintainer:	Johannes Zellner <johannes@zellner.org>
-" Last Change:	2014 Feb 09
-" Last Change By Johannes: Wed, 21 Apr 2004 13:13:08 CEST
+" Maintainer:	James Sully <sullyj3@gmail.com>
+" Previous Maintainer: Johannes Zellner <johannes@zellner.org>
+" Last Change:	Wed, 29 June 2016
+" https://github.com/sullyj3/vim-ftplugin-python
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
@@ -21,28 +22,38 @@ setlocal omnifunc=pythoncomplete#Complete
 
 set wildignore+=*.pyc
 
-nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]] :call <SID>Python_jump('/^\(class\\|def\)')<cr>
-nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [[ :call <SID>Python_jump('?^\(class\\|def\)')<cr>
-nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]m :call <SID>Python_jump('/^\s*\(class\\|def\)')<cr>
-nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [m :call <SID>Python_jump('?^\s*\(class\\|def\)')<cr>
+nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]] :call <SID>Python_jump('n', '\v%$\|^(class\|def)>', 'W')<cr>
+nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [[ :call <SID>Python_jump('n', '\v^(class\|def)>', 'Wb')<cr>
+nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]m :call <SID>Python_jump('n', '\v%$\|^\s*(class\|def)>', 'W')<cr>
+nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [m :call <SID>Python_jump('n', '\v^\s*(class\|def)>', 'Wb')<cr>
+
+xnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]] :call <SID>Python_jump('x', '\v%$\|^(class\|def)>', 'W')<cr>
+xnoremap <silent> <buffer> [[ :call <SID>Python_jump('x', '\v^(class\|def)>', 'Wb')<cr>
+xnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]m :call <SID>Python_jump('x', '\v%$\|^\s*(class\|def)>', 'W')<cr>
+xnoremap <silent> <buffer> [m :call <SID>Python_jump('x', '\v^\s*(class\|def)>', 'Wb')<cr>
 
 if !exists('*<SID>Python_jump')
-  fun! <SID>Python_jump(motion) range
+  fun! <SID>Python_jump(mode, motion, flags) range
+      if a:mode == 'x'
+          normal! gv
+      endif
+
+      normal! 0
+
       let cnt = v:count1
-      let save = @/    " save last search pattern
       mark '
       while cnt > 0
-	  silent! exe a:motion
-	  let cnt = cnt - 1
+          call search(a:motion, a:flags)
+          let cnt = cnt - 1
       endwhile
-      call histdel('/', -1)
-      let @/ = save    " restore last search pattern
+
+      normal! ^
   endfun
 endif
 
 if has("browsefilter") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
     let b:browsefilter = "Python Files (*.py)\t*.py\n" .
-		       \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
+                \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
 endif
 
 " As suggested by PEP8.

runtime/ftplugin/spec.vim

@@ -36,10 +36,11 @@ except ImportError:
 else:
     specfile = vim.current.buffer.name
     if specfile:
+        rpm.delMacro("dist")
         spec = rpm.spec(specfile)
-        headers = spec.packages[0].header
-        version = headers['Version']
-        release = ".".join(headers['Release'].split(".")[:-1])
+        headers = spec.sourceHeader
+        version = headers["Version"]
+        release = headers["Release"]
         vim.command("let ver = " + version)
         vim.command("let rel = " + release)
 PYEND
@@ -113,7 +114,10 @@ if !exists("*s:SpecChangelog")
 			endif
 		endif
 		if (chgline != -1)
+			let tmptime = v:lc_time
+			language time C
 			let parsed_format = "* ".strftime(format)." - ".ver."-".rel
+			execute "language time" tmptime
 			let release_info = "+ ".name."-".ver."-".rel
 			let wrong_format = 0
 			let wrong_release = 0
@@ -179,12 +183,8 @@ if !exists("*s:ParseRpmVars")
 		endif
 		let varname = strpart(a:str, start+2, end-(start+2))
 		execute a:strline
-		let definestr = "^[ \t]*%define[ \t]\\+" . varname . "[ \t]\\+\\(.*\\)$"
+		let definestr = "^[ \t]*%(?:global|define)[ \t]\\+" . varname . "[ \t]\\+\\(.*\\)$"
 		let linenum = search(definestr, "bW")
-		if (linenum == 0)
-			let definestr = substitute(definestr, "%define", "%global", "")
-			let linenum = search(definestr, "bW")
-		endif
 		if (linenum != -1)
 			let ret = ret .  substitute(getline(linenum), definestr, "\\1", "")
 		else
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ endif
 
 let b:match_ignorecase = 0
 let b:match_words =
-  \ '^Name:^%description:^%clean:^%setup:^%build:^%install:^%files:' .
+  \ '^Name:^%description:^%clean:^%(?:auto)?setup:^%build:^%install:^%files:' .
   \ '^%package:^%preun:^%postun:^%changelog'
 
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save

runtime/gvim.desktop

@@ -74,6 +74,7 @@ TryExec=gvim
 Exec=gvim -f %F
 Terminal=false
 Type=Application
+Keywords=Text;editor;
 Icon=gvim
 Categories=Utility;TextEditor;
 StartupNotify=true

runtime/gvimrc_example.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,9 @@
 " An example for a gvimrc file.
-" The commands in this are executed when the GUI is started.
+" The commands in this are executed when the GUI is started, after the vimrc
+" has been executed.
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last change:	2001 Sep 02
+" Last change:	2016 Apr 05
 "
 " To use it, copy it to
 "     for Unix and OS/2:  ~/.gvimrc
@@ -27,17 +28,11 @@ map! <S-Insert> <MiddleMouse>
 " Only do this for Vim version 5.0 and later.
 if version >= 500
 
-  " I like highlighting strings inside C comments
-  let c_comment_strings=1
-
   " Switch on syntax highlighting if it wasn't on yet.
   if !exists("syntax_on")
     syntax on
   endif
 
-  " Switch on search pattern highlighting.
-  set hlsearch
-
   " For Win32 version, have "K" lookup the keyword in a help file
   "if has("win32")
   "  let winhelpfile='windows.hlp'

runtime/indent/html.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Header: "{{{
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar
 " Original Author: Andy Wokula <anwoku@yahoo.de>
-" Last Change:	2015 Sep 25
+" Last Change:	2016 Mar 30
 " Version:	1.0
 " Description:	HTML indent script with cached state for faster indenting on a
 "		range of lines.
@@ -240,13 +240,13 @@ call s:AddITags(s:indent_tags, [
     \ 'sup', 'table', 'textarea', 'title', 'tt', 'u', 'ul', 'var', 'th', 'td',
     \ 'tr', 'tbody', 'tfoot', 'thead'])
 
-" Tags added 2011 Sep 09 (especially HTML5 tags):
+" New HTML5 elements:
 call s:AddITags(s:indent_tags, [
     \ 'area', 'article', 'aside', 'audio', 'bdi', 'canvas',
-    \ 'command', 'datalist', 'details', 'embed', 'figure', 'footer',
-    \ 'header', 'group', 'keygen', 'mark', 'math', 'meter', 'nav', 'output',
-    \ 'progress', 'ruby', 'section', 'svg', 'texture', 'time', 'video',
-    \ 'wbr', 'text'])
+    \ 'command', 'data', 'datalist', 'details', 'embed', 'figcaption',
+    \ 'figure', 'footer', 'header', 'keygen', 'mark', 'meter', 'nav', 'output',
+    \ 'progress', 'rp', 'rt', 'ruby', 'section', 'source', 'summary', 'svg', 
+    \ 'time', 'track', 'video', 'wbr'])
 
 " Tags added for web components:
 call s:AddITags(s:indent_tags, [

runtime/indent/sh.vim

@@ -3,9 +3,15 @@
 " Maintainer:          Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
 " Previous Maintainer: Peter Aronoff <telemachus@arpinum.org>
 " Original Author:     Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-" Latest Revision:     2016-02-15
+" Latest Revision:     2016-06-27
 " License:             Vim (see :h license)
 " Repository:          https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-sh-indent
+" Changelog:
+"          20160627: - detect heredocs correctly
+"          20160213: - detect function definition correctly
+"          20160202: - use shiftwidth() function
+"          20151215: - set b:undo_indent variable
+"          20150728: - add foreach detection for zsh
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
   finish
@@ -102,6 +108,8 @@ function! GetShIndent()
     endif
   elseif s:is_case_break(line)
     let ind -= s:indent_value('case-breaks')
+  elseif s:is_here_doc(line)
+    let ind = 0
   endif
 
   return ind
@@ -160,6 +168,14 @@ function! s:is_case_break(line)
   return a:line =~ '^\s*;[;&]'
 endfunction
 
+function! s:is_here_doc(line)
+    if a:line =~ '^\w\+$'
+	let here_pat = '<<-\?'. s:escape(a:line). '\$'
+	return search(here_pat, 'bnW') > 0
+    endif
+    return 0
+endfunction
+
 function! s:is_case_ended(line)
   return s:is_case_break(a:line) || a:line =~ ';[;&]\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
 endfunction
@@ -172,5 +188,9 @@ function! s:is_case_empty(line)
   endif
 endfunction
 
+function! s:escape(pattern)
+    return '\V'. escape(a:pattern, '\\')
+endfunction
+
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/indent/vhdl.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " VHDL indent ('93 syntax)
 " Language:    VHDL
 " Maintainer:  Gerald Lai <laigera+vim?gmail.com>
-" Version:     1.58
-" Last Change: 2011 Sep 27
+" Version:     1.60
+" Last Change: 2016 Feb 26
 " URL:         http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1450
 
 " only load this indent file when no other was loaded
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ function GetVHDLindent()
     let pn = prevnonblank(pn - 1)
     let ps = getline(pn)
   endwhile
-  if (curs =~ '^\s*)' || curs =~? '^\s*\%(\<\%(procedure\|generic\|map\|port\)\>.*\)\@<!\w\+\s*\w*\s*\%(=>\s*\S\+\|:[^=]\@=\s*\%(\%(in\|out\|inout\|buffer\|linkage\)\>\|\w\+\s\+:=\)\)') && (prevs =~? s:NC.'\<\%(procedure\s\+\S\+\|generic\|map\|port\)\s*(\%(\s*\w\)\=' || (ps =~? s:NC.'\<\%(procedure\|generic\|map\|port\)'.s:ES && prevs =~ '^\s*('))
+  if (curs =~ '^\s*)' || curs =~? '^\s*\%(\<\%(procedure\|generic\|map\|port\)\>.*\)\@<!\w\+\s*\w*\s*\((.*)\)*\s*\%(=>\s*\S\+\|:[^=]\@=\s*\%(\%(in\|out\|inout\|buffer\|linkage\)\>\|\s\+\)\)') && (prevs =~? s:NC.'\<\%(procedure\s\+\S\+\|generic\|map\|port\)\s*(\%(\s*\w\)\=' || (ps =~? s:NC.'\<\%(procedure\|generic\|map\|port\)'.s:ES && prevs =~ '^\s*('))
     " align closing ")" with opening "("
     if curs =~ '^\s*)'
       return ind2 + stridx(prevs_noi, '(')
@@ -412,11 +412,22 @@ function GetVHDLindent()
 
   " ****************************************************************************************
   " indent:   maintain indent of previous opening statement
-  " keywords: without "procedure", "generic", "map", "port" + ":" but not ":=" + "in", "out", "inout", "buffer", "linkage", variable & ":="
+  " keywords: without "procedure", "generic", "map", "port" + ":" but not ":=" + eventually ;$
   " where:    start of current line
-  if curs =~? '^\s*\%(\<\%(procedure\|generic\|map\|port\)\>.*\)\@<!\w\+\s*\w*\s*:[^=]\@=\s*\%(\%(in\|out\|inout\|buffer\|linkage\)\>\|\w\+\s\+:=\)'
+  if curs =~? '^\s*\%(\<\%(procedure\|generic\|map\|port\)\>.*\)\@<!\w\+\s*\w*\s*:[^=].*;.*$'
     return ind2
   endif
+  " ****************************************************************************************
+  " indent:     maintain indent of previous opening statement, corner case which
+  "             does not end in ;, but is part of a mapping
+  " keywords:   without "procedure", "generic", "map", "port" + ":" but not ":=", never + ;$ and
+  "             prevline without "procedure", "generic", "map", "port" + ":" but not ":=" + eventually ;$
+  " where:      start of current line
+  if curs =~? '^\s*\%(\<\%(procedure\|generic\|map\|port\)\>.*\)\@<!\w\+\s*\w*\s*:[^=].*[^;].*$'
+      if prevs =~? '^\s*\%(\<\%(procedure\|generic\|map\|port\)\>.*\)\@<!\w\+\s*\w*\s*:[^=].*;.*$'
+         return ind2
+     endif
+ endif
 
   " return leftover filtered indent
   return ind

runtime/indent/vim.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	Vim script
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2016 Jan 24
+" Last Change:	2016 Jun 27
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ function GetVimIndentIntern()
     else
       let ind = ind + shiftwidth() * 3
     endif
-  elseif prev_text =~ '^\s*aug\%[roup]' && prev_text !~ '^\s*aug\%[roup]\s*!\=\s\+END'
+  elseif prev_text =~ '^\s*aug\%[roup]\s\+' && prev_text !~ '^\s*aug\%[roup]\s\+[eE][nN][dD]\>'
     let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
   else
     " A line starting with :au does not increment/decrement indent.
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ function GetVimIndentIntern()
 
   " Subtract a 'shiftwidth' on a :endif, :endwhile, :catch, :finally, :endtry,
   " :endfun, :else and :augroup END.
-  if cur_text =~ '^\s*\(ene\@!\|cat\|fina\|el\|aug\%[roup]\s*!\=\s\+[eE][nN][dD]\)'
+  if cur_text =~ '^\s*\(ene\@!\|cat\|fina\|el\|aug\%[roup]\s\+[eE][nN][dD]\)'
     let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
   endif
 

runtime/keymap/vietnamese-telex_utf-8.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+" Vim Keymap file for Vietnamese through Telex method
+" Maintainer: Raphael McSinyx <vn.mcsinyx@gmail.com>
+" Last Change: 2016-06-13
+
+scriptencoding utf-8
+
+let b:keymap_name = "vi"
+
+loadkeymap
+
+A\\	A
+AF	À
+AS	Á
+AR	Ả
+AX	Ã
+AJ	Ạ
+
+AW	Ă
+AW\\	Ă
+AWF	Ằ
+AWS	Ắ
+AWR	Ẳ
+AWX	Ẵ
+AWJ	Ặ
+
+AA	Â
+AA\\	Â
+AAF	Ầ
+AAS	Ấ
+AAR	Ẩ
+AAX	Ẫ
+AAJ	Ậ
+
+D\\	D
+DD	Đ
+
+E	E
+E\\	E
+EF	È
+ES	É
+ER	Ẻ
+EX	Ẽ
+EJ	Ẹ
+
+EE	Ê
+EE\\	Ê
+EEF	Ề
+EES	Ế
+EER	Ể
+EEX	Ễ
+EEJ	Ệ
+
+I\\	I
+IF	Ì
+IS	Í
+IR	Ỉ
+IX	Ĩ
+IJ	Ị
+
+O\\	O
+OF	Ò
+OS	Ó
+OR	Ỏ
+OX	Õ
+OJ	Ọ
+
+OO	Ô
+OO\\	Ô
+OOF	Ồ
+OOS	Ố
+OOR	Ổ
+OOX	Ỗ
+OOJ	Ộ
+
+OW	Ơ
+OW\\	Ơ
+OWF	Ờ
+OWS	Ớ
+OWR	Ở
+OWX	Ỡ
+OWJ	Ợ
+
+U\\	U
+UF	Ù
+US	Ú
+UR	Ủ
+UX	Ũ
+UJ	Ụ
+
+UW	Ư
+UW\\	Ư
+UWF	Ừ
+UWS	Ứ
+UWR	Ử
+UWX	Ữ
+UWJ	Ự
+
+Y\\	Y
+YF	Ỳ
+YS	Ý
+YR	Ỷ
+YX	Ỹ
+YJ	Ỵ
+
+a\\	a
+af	à
+as	á
+ar	ả
+ax	ã
+aj	ạ
+
+aw	ă
+aw\\	ă
+awf	ằ
+aws	ắ
+awr	ẳ
+awx	ẵ
+awj	ặ
+
+aa	â
+aa\\	â
+aaf	ầ
+aas	ấ
+aar	ẩ
+aax	ẫ
+aaj	ậ
+
+d\\	d
+dd	đ
+
+e\\	e
+ef	è
+es	é
+er	ẻ
+ex	ẽ
+ej	ẹ
+
+ee	ê
+ee\\	ê
+eef	ề
+ees	ế
+eer	ể
+eex	ễ
+eej	ệ
+
+i\\	i
+if	ì
+is	í
+ir	ỉ
+ix	ĩ
+ij	ị
+
+o\\	o
+of	ò
+os	ó
+or	ỏ
+ox	õ
+oj	ọ
+
+oo	ô
+oo\\	ô
+oof	ồ
+oos	ố
+oor	ổ
+oox	ỗ
+ooj	ộ
+
+ow	ơ
+ow\\	ơ
+owf	ờ
+ows	ớ
+owr	ở
+owx	ỡ
+owj	ợ
+
+u\\	u
+uf	ù
+us	ú
+ur	ủ
+ux	ũ
+uj	ụ
+
+uw	ư
+uw\\	ư
+uwf	ừ
+uws	ứ
+uwr	ử
+uwx	ữ
+uwj	ự
+
+y\\	y
+yf	ỳ
+ys	ý
+yr	ỷ
+yx	ỹ
+yj	ỵ

runtime/keymap/vietnamese-vni_utf-8.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+" Vim Keymap file for Vietnamese through VNI method
+" Maintainer: Raphael McSinyx <vn.mcsinyx@gmail.com>
+" Last Change: 2016-06-13
+
+scriptencoding utf-8
+
+let b:keymap_name = "vi"
+
+loadkeymap
+
+A\\	A
+A1	Á
+A2	À
+A3	Ả
+A4	Ã
+A5	Ạ
+
+A8	Ă
+A8\\	Ă
+A81	Ắ
+A82	Ằ
+A83	Ẳ
+A84	Ẵ
+A85	Ặ
+
+A6	Â
+A6\\	Â
+A61	Ấ
+A62	Ầ
+A63	Ẩ
+A64	Ẫ
+A65	Ậ
+
+D	D
+D\\	D
+D9	Đ
+
+E\\	E
+E1	É
+E2	È
+E3	Ẻ
+E4	Ẽ
+E5	Ẹ
+
+E6	Ê
+E6\\	Ê
+E61	Ế
+E62	Ề
+E63	Ể
+E64	Ễ
+E65	Ệ
+
+I\\	I
+I1	Í
+I2	Ì
+I3	Ỉ
+I4	Ĩ
+I5	Ị
+
+O\\	O
+O1	Ó
+O2	Ò
+O3	Ỏ
+O4	Õ
+O5	Ọ
+
+O6	Ô
+O6\\	Ô
+O61	Ố
+O62	Ồ
+O63	Ổ
+O64	Ỗ
+O65	Ộ
+
+O7	Ơ
+O7\\	Ơ
+O71	Ớ
+O72	Ờ
+O73	Ở
+O74	Ỡ
+O75	Ợ
+
+U\\	U
+U1	Ú
+U2	Ù
+U3	Ủ
+U4	Ũ
+U5	Ụ
+
+U7	Ư
+U7\\	Ư
+U71	Ứ
+U72	Ừ
+U73	Ử
+U74	Ữ
+U75	Ự
+
+Y\\	Y
+Y1	Ý
+Y2	Ỳ
+Y3	Ỷ
+Y4	Ỹ
+Y5	Ỵ
+
+a\\	a
+a1	á
+a2	à
+a3	ả
+a4	ã
+a5	ạ
+
+a8	ă
+a8\\	ă
+a81	ắ
+a82	ằ
+a83	ẳ
+a84	ẵ
+a85	ặ
+
+a6	â
+a6\\	â
+a61	ấ
+a62	ầ
+a63	ẩ
+a64	ẫ
+a65	ậ
+
+d\\	d
+d9	đ
+
+e\\	e
+e1	é
+e2	è
+e3	ẻ
+e4	ẽ
+e5	ẹ
+
+e6	ê
+e6\\	ê
+e61	ế
+e62	ề
+e63	ể
+e64	ễ
+e65	ệ
+
+i\\	i
+i1	í
+i2	ì
+i3	ỉ
+i4	ĩ
+i5	ị
+
+o\\	o
+o1	ó
+o2	ò
+o3	ỏ
+o4	õ
+o5	ọ
+
+o6	ô
+o6\\	ô
+o61	ố
+o62	ồ
+o63	ổ
+o64	ỗ
+o65	ộ
+
+o7	ơ
+o7\\	ơ
+o71	ớ
+o72	ờ
+o73	ở
+o74	ỡ
+o75	ợ
+
+u\\	u
+u1	ú
+u2	ù
+u3	ủ
+u4	ũ
+u5	ụ
+
+u7	ư
+u7\\	ư
+u71	ứ
+u72	ừ
+u73	ử
+u74	ữ
+u75	ự
+
+y\\	y
+y1	ý
+y2	ỳ
+y3	ỷ
+y4	ỹ
+y5	ỵ

runtime/lang/menu_sk_sk.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Translated By:	Martin Lacko <lacko@host.sk>
 " Last Change:		2002 May 27
 
-if has("win32") || has("win16") || has("dos16") || has("dos32")
+if has("win32")
 	source <sfile>:p:h/menu_sk_sk.1250.vim
 else
 	source <sfile>:p:h/menu_sk_sk.iso_8859-2.vim

runtime/macros/README.txt

@@ -8,25 +8,26 @@ maze	Macros that solve a maze (amazing!).
 urm	Macros that simulate a simple computer: "Universal Register Machine"
 
 
+
 The other files contain some handy utilities.  They also serve as examples for
 how to use Vi and Vim functionality.
 
-dvorak			for when you use a Dvorak keyboard
-
-justify.vim		user function for justifying text
-
 less.sh + less.vim	make Vim work like less (or more)
 
-shellmenu.vim		menus for editing shell scripts in the GUI version
 
-swapmous.vim		swap left and right mouse buttons
 
-editexisting.vim	when editing a file that is already edited with
-			another Vim instance
+The following have been moved to an optional package.  Add the command to your
+vimrc file to use the package:
 
-This one is only for Unix.
-file_select.vim		macros that make a handy file selector
+packadd! dvorak		" Dvorak keyboard support; adds mappings
 
-The matchit plugin has been moved to an optional package.  To load it put this
-line in your vimrc file:
-	:packadd matchit
+packadd! editexisting	" when editing a file that is already edited with
+			" another Vim instance, go to that Vim instance
+
+packadd! justify	" justifying text.
+
+packadd! matchit	" makes the % command work better
+
+packadd! shellmenu	" menus for editing shell scripts in the GUI version
+
+packadd! swapmouse	" swap left and right mouse buttons

runtime/macros/dvorak

@@ -1,164 +0,0 @@
-When using a dvorak keyboard this file may be of help to you.
-These mappings have been made by Lawrence Kesteloot <kesteloo@cs.unc.edu>.
-What they do is that the most often used keys, like hjkl, are put in a more
-easy to use position.
-It may take some time to learn using this.
-
-Put these lines in your .vimrc:
--=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-" Key to go into dvorak mode:
-map ,d :source ~/.dvorak
-" Key to get out of dvorak mode:
-map ,q :source ~/.qwerty
--=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-
-write these lines into the file ~/.dvorak:
--=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-" Dvorak keyboard, only in insert mode and ex mode.
-" You may want to add a list of map's too.
-imap! a a
-imap! b x
-imap! c j
-imap! d e
-imap! e .
-imap! f u
-imap! g i
-imap! h d
-imap! i c
-imap! j h
-imap! k t
-imap! l n
-imap! m m
-imap! n b
-imap! o r
-imap! p l
-imap! q '
-imap! r p
-imap! s o
-imap! t y
-imap! u g
-imap! v k
-imap! w ,
-imap! x q
-imap! y f
-imap! z ;
-imap! ; s
-imap! ' -
-imap! " _
-imap! , w
-imap! . v
-imap! / z
-imap! A A
-imap! B X
-imap! C J
-imap! D E
-imap! E >
-imap! F U
-imap! G I
-imap! H D
-imap! I C
-imap! J H
-imap! K T
-imap! L N
-imap! M M
-imap! N B
-imap! O R
-imap! P L
-imap! Q "
-imap! R P
-imap! S O
-imap! T Y
-imap! U G
-imap! V K
-imap! W <
-imap! X Q
-imap! Y F
-imap! Z :
-imap! < W
-imap! > V
-imap! ? Z
-imap! : S
-imap! [ /
-imap! ] =
-imap! { ?
-imap! } +
-imap! - [
-imap! _ {
-imap! = ]
-imap! + }
--=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-
-write these lines into the file ~/.qwerty
--=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-" Qwerty keyboard
-unmap! a
-unmap! b
-unmap! c
-unmap! d
-unmap! e
-unmap! f
-unmap! g
-unmap! h
-unmap! i
-unmap! j
-unmap! k
-unmap! l
-unmap! m
-unmap! n
-unmap! o
-unmap! p
-unmap! q
-unmap! r
-unmap! s
-unmap! t
-unmap! u
-unmap! v
-unmap! w
-unmap! x
-unmap! y
-unmap! z
-unmap! ;
-unmap! '
-unmap! \"
-unmap! ,
-unmap! .
-unmap! /
-unmap! A
-unmap! B
-unmap! C
-unmap! D
-unmap! E
-unmap! F
-unmap! G
-unmap! H
-unmap! I
-unmap! J
-unmap! K
-unmap! L
-unmap! M
-unmap! N
-unmap! O
-unmap! P
-unmap! Q
-unmap! R
-unmap! S
-unmap! T
-unmap! U
-unmap! V
-unmap! W
-unmap! X
-unmap! Y
-unmap! Z
-unmap! <
-unmap! >
-unmap! ?
-unmap! :
-unmap! [
-unmap! ]
-unmap! {
-unmap! }
-unmap! -
-unmap! _
-unmap! =
-unmap! +
--=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-

runtime/macros/editexisting.vim

@@ -1,119 +1,3 @@
-" Vim Plugin:	Edit the file with an existing Vim if possible
-" Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar
-" Last Change:	2014 Dec 06
-
-" This is a plugin, drop it in your (Unix) ~/.vim/plugin or (Win32)
-" $VIM/vimfiles/plugin directory.  Or make a symbolic link, so that you
-" automatically use the latest version.
-
-" This plugin serves two purposes:
-" 1. On startup, if we were invoked with one file name argument and the file
-"    is not modified then try to find another Vim instance that is editing
-"    this file.  If there is one then bring it to the foreground and exit.
-" 2. When a file is edited and a swap file exists for it, try finding that
-"    other Vim and bring it to the foreground.  Requires Vim 7, because it
-"    uses the SwapExists autocommand event.
-if v:version < 700
-  finish
-endif
-
-" Function that finds the Vim instance that is editing "filename" and brings
-" it to the foreground.
-func s:EditElsewhere(filename)
-  let fname_esc = substitute(a:filename, "'", "''", "g")
-
-  let servers = serverlist()
-  while servers != ''
-    " Get next server name in "servername"; remove it from "servers".
-    let i = match(servers, "\n")
-    if i == -1
-      let servername = servers
-      let servers = ''
-    else
-      let servername = strpart(servers, 0, i)
-      let servers = strpart(servers, i + 1)
-    endif
-
-    " Skip ourselves.
-    if servername ==? v:servername
-      continue
-    endif
-
-    " Check if this server is editing our file.
-    if remote_expr(servername, "bufloaded('" . fname_esc . "')")
-      " Yes, bring it to the foreground.
-      if has("win32")
-	call remote_foreground(servername)
-      endif
-      call remote_expr(servername, "foreground()")
-
-      if remote_expr(servername, "exists('*EditExisting')")
-	" Make sure the file is visible in a window (not hidden).
-	" If v:swapcommand exists and is set, send it to the server.
-	if exists("v:swapcommand")
-	  let c = substitute(v:swapcommand, "'", "''", "g")
-	  call remote_expr(servername, "EditExisting('" . fname_esc . "', '" . c . "')")
-	else
-	  call remote_expr(servername, "EditExisting('" . fname_esc . "', '')")
-	endif
-      endif
-
-      if !(has('vim_starting') && has('gui_running') && has('gui_win32'))
-	" Tell the user what is happening.  Not when the GUI is starting
-	" though, it would result in a message box.
-	echomsg "File is being edited by " . servername
-	sleep 2
-      endif
-      return 'q'
-    endif
-  endwhile
-  return ''
-endfunc
-
-" When the plugin is loaded and there is one file name argument: Find another
-" Vim server that is editing this file right now.
-if argc() == 1 && !&modified
-  if s:EditElsewhere(expand("%:p")) == 'q'
-    quit
-  endif
-endif
-
-" Setup for handling the situation that an existing swap file is found.
-try
-  au! SwapExists * let v:swapchoice = s:EditElsewhere(expand("<afile>:p"))
-catch
-  " Without SwapExists we don't do anything for ":edit" commands
-endtry
-
-" Function used on the server to make the file visible and possibly execute a
-" command.
-func! EditExisting(fname, command)
-  " Get the window number of the file in the current tab page.
-  let winnr = bufwinnr(a:fname)
-  if winnr <= 0
-    " Not found, look in other tab pages.
-    let bufnr = bufnr(a:fname)
-    for i in range(tabpagenr('$'))
-      if index(tabpagebuflist(i + 1), bufnr) >= 0
-	" Make this tab page the current one and find the window number.
-	exe 'tabnext ' . (i + 1)
-	let winnr = bufwinnr(a:fname)
-	break
-      endif
-    endfor
-  endif
-
-  if winnr > 0
-    exe winnr . "wincmd w"
-  elseif exists('*fnameescape')
-    exe "split " . fnameescape(a:fname)
-  else
-    exe "split " . escape(a:fname, " \t\n*?[{`$\\%#'\"|!<")
-  endif
-
-  if a:command != ''
-    exe "normal! " . a:command
-  endif
-
-  redraw
-endfunc
+" Load the editexisting package.
+" For those users who were loading the editexisting plugin from here.
+packadd editexisting

runtime/macros/justify.vim

@@ -1,316 +1,3 @@
-" Function to left and right align text.
-"
-" Written by:	Preben "Peppe" Guldberg <c928400@student.dtu.dk>
-" Created:	980806 14:13 (or around that time anyway)
-" Revised:	001103 00:36 (See "Revisions" below)
-
-
-" function Justify( [ textwidth [, maxspaces [, indent] ] ] )
-"
-" Justify()  will  left  and  right  align  a  line  by  filling  in  an
-" appropriate amount of spaces.  Extra  spaces  are  added  to  existing
-" spaces starting from the right side of the line.  As an  example,  the
-" following documentation has been justified.
-"
-" The function takes the following arguments:
-
-" textwidth argument
-" ------------------
-" If not specified, the value of the 'textwidth'  option  is  used.   If
-" 'textwidth' is zero a value of 80 is used.
-"
-" Additionally the arguments 'tw' and '' are  accepted.   The  value  of
-" 'textwidth' will be used. These are handy, if you just want to specify
-" the maxspaces argument.
-
-" maxspaces argument
-" ------------------
-" If specified, alignment will only be done, if the  longest  space  run
-" after alignment is no longer than maxspaces.
-"
-" An argument of '' is accepted, should the user  like  to  specify  all
-" arguments.
-"
-" To aid user defined commands, negative  values  are  accepted  aswell.
-" Using a negative value specifies the default behaviour: any length  of
-" space runs will be used to justify the text.
-
-" indent argument
-" ---------------
-" This argument specifies how a line should be indented. The default  is
-" to keep the current indentation.
-"
-" Negative  values:  Keep  current   amount   of   leading   whitespace.
-" Positive values: Indent all lines with leading whitespace  using  this
-" amount of whitespace.
-"
-" Note that the value 0, needs to be quoted as  a  string.   This  value
-" leads to a left flushed text.
-"
-" Additionally units of  'shiftwidth'/'sw'  and  'tabstop'/'ts'  may  be
-" added. In this case, if the value of indent is positive, the amount of
-" whitespace to be  added  will  be  multiplied  by  the  value  of  the
-" 'shiftwidth' and 'tabstop' settings.  If these  units  are  used,  the
-"  argument must  be  given  as  a  string,  eg.   Justify('','','2sw').
-"
-" If the values of 'sw' or 'tw' are negative, they  are  treated  as  if
-" they were 0, which means that the text is flushed left.  There  is  no
-" check if a negative number prefix is used to  change  the  sign  of  a
-" negative 'sw' or 'ts' value.
-"
-" As with the other arguments,  ''  may  be  used  to  get  the  default
-" behaviour.
-
-
-" Notes:
-"
-" If the line, adjusted for space runs and leading/trailing  whitespace,
-" is wider than the used textwidth, the line will be left untouched  (no
-" whitespace removed).  This should be equivalent to  the  behaviour  of
-" :left, :right and :center.
-"
-" If the resulting line is shorter than the used textwidth  it  is  left
-" untouched.
-"
-" All space runs in the line  are  truncated  before  the  alignment  is
-" carried out.
-"
-" If you have set 'noexpandtab', :retab!  is used to replace space  runs
-"  with whitespace  using  the  value  of  'tabstop'.   This  should  be
-" conformant with :left, :right and :center.
-"
-" If joinspaces is set, an extra space is added after '.', '?' and  '!'.
-" If 'cpooptions' include 'j', extra space  is  only  added  after  '.'.
-" (This may on occasion conflict with maxspaces.)
-
-
-" Related mappings:
-"
-" Mappings that will align text using the current text width,  using  at
-" most four spaces in a  space  run  and  keeping  current  indentation.
-nmap _j :%call Justify('tw',4)<CR>
-vmap _j :call Justify('tw',4)<CR>
-"
-" Mappings that will remove space runs and format lines (might be useful
-" prior to aligning the text).
-nmap ,gq :%s/\s\+/ /g<CR>gq1G
-vmap ,gq :s/\s\+/ /g<CR>gvgq
-
-
-" User defined command:
-"
-" The following is an ex command that works as a shortcut to the Justify
-" function.  Arguments to Justify() can  be  added  after  the  command.
-com! -range -nargs=* Justify <line1>,<line2>call Justify(<f-args>)
-"
-" The following commands are all equivalent:
-"
-" 1. Simplest use of Justify():
-"       :call Justify()
-"       :Justify
-"
-" 2. The _j mapping above via the ex command:
-"       :%Justify tw 4
-"
-" 3.  Justify  visualised  text  at  72nd  column  while  indenting  all
-" previously indented text two shiftwidths
-"       :'<,'>call Justify(72,'','2sw')
-"       :'<,'>Justify 72 -1 2sw
-"
-" This documentation has been justified  using  the  following  command:
-":se et|kz|1;/^" function Justify(/+,'z-g/^" /s/^" //|call Justify(70,3)|s/^/" /
-
-" Revisions:
-" 001103: If 'joinspaces' was set, calculations could be wrong.
-"	  Tabs at start of line could also lead to errors.
-"	  Use setline() instead of "exec 's/foo/bar/' - safer.
-"	  Cleaned up the code a bit.
-"
-" Todo:	  Convert maps to the new script specific form
-
-" Error function
-function! Justify_error(message)
-    echohl Error
-    echo "Justify([tw, [maxspaces [, indent]]]): " . a:message
-    echohl None
-endfunction
-
-
-" Now for the real thing
-function! Justify(...) range
-
-    if a:0 > 3
-    call Justify_error("Too many arguments (max 3)")
-    return 1
-    endif
-
-    " Set textwidth (accept 'tw' and '' as arguments)
-    if a:0 >= 1
-	if a:1 =~ '^\(tw\)\=$'
-	    let tw = &tw
-	elseif a:1 =~ '^\d\+$'
-	    let tw = a:1
-	else
-	    call Justify_error("tw must be a number (>0), '' or 'tw'")
-	    return 2
-	endif
-    else
-	let tw = &tw
-    endif
-    if tw == 0
-	let tw = 80
-    endif
-
-    " Set maximum number of spaces between WORDs
-    if a:0 >= 2
-	if a:2 == ''
-	    let maxspaces = tw
-	elseif a:2 =~ '^-\d\+$'
-	    let maxspaces = tw
-	elseif a:2 =~ '^\d\+$'
-	    let maxspaces = a:2
-	else
-	    call Justify_error("maxspaces must be a number or ''")
-	    return 3
-	endif
-    else
-	let maxspaces = tw
-    endif
-    if maxspaces <= 1
-	call Justify_error("maxspaces should be larger than 1")
-	return 4
-    endif
-
-    " Set the indentation style (accept sw and ts units)
-    let indent_fix = ''
-    if a:0 >= 3
-	if (a:3 == '') || a:3 =~ '^-[1-9]\d*\(shiftwidth\|sw\|tabstop\|ts\)\=$'
-	    let indent = -1
-	elseif a:3 =~ '^-\=0\(shiftwidth\|sw\|tabstop\|ts\)\=$'
-	    let indent = 0
-	elseif a:3 =~ '^\d\+\(shiftwidth\|sw\|tabstop\|ts\)\=$'
-	    let indent = substitute(a:3, '\D', '', 'g')
-	elseif a:3 =~ '^\(shiftwidth\|sw\|tabstop\|ts\)$'
-	    let indent = 1
-	else
-	    call Justify_error("indent: a number with 'sw'/'ts' unit")
-	    return 5
-	endif
-	if indent >= 0
-	    while indent > 0
-		let indent_fix = indent_fix . ' '
-		let indent = indent - 1
-	    endwhile
-	    let indent_sw = 0
-	    if a:3 =~ '\(shiftwidth\|sw\)'
-		let indent_sw = &sw
-	    elseif a:3 =~ '\(tabstop\|ts\)'
-		let indent_sw = &ts
-	    endif
-	    let indent_fix2 = ''
-	    while indent_sw > 0
-		let indent_fix2 = indent_fix2 . indent_fix
-		let indent_sw = indent_sw - 1
-	    endwhile
-	    let indent_fix = indent_fix2
-	endif
-    else
-	let indent = -1
-    endif
-
-    " Avoid substitution reports
-    let save_report = &report
-    set report=1000000
-
-    " Check 'joinspaces' and 'cpo'
-    if &js == 1
-	if &cpo =~ 'j'
-	    let join_str = '\(\. \)'
-	else
-	    let join_str = '\([.!?!] \)'
-	endif
-    endif
-
-    let cur = a:firstline
-    while cur <= a:lastline
-
-	let str_orig = getline(cur)
-	let save_et = &et
-	set et
-	exec cur . "retab"
-	let &et = save_et
-	let str = getline(cur)
-
-	let indent_str = indent_fix
-	let indent_n = strlen(indent_str)
-	" Shall we remember the current indentation
-	if indent < 0
-	    let indent_orig = matchstr(str_orig, '^\s*')
-	    if strlen(indent_orig) > 0
-		let indent_str = indent_orig
-		let indent_n = strlen(matchstr(str, '^\s*'))
-	    endif
-	endif
-
-	" Trim trailing, leading and running whitespace
-	let str = substitute(str, '\s\+$', '', '')
-	let str = substitute(str, '^\s\+', '', '')
-	let str = substitute(str, '\s\+', ' ', 'g')
-	let str_n = strdisplaywidth(str)
-
-	" Possible addition of space after punctuation
-	if exists("join_str")
-	    let str = substitute(str, join_str, '\1 ', 'g')
-	endif
-	let join_n = strdisplaywidth(str) - str_n
-
-	" Can extraspaces be added?
-	" Note that str_n may be less than strlen(str) [joinspaces above]
-	if strdisplaywidth(str) <= tw - indent_n && str_n > 0
-	    " How many spaces should be added
-	    let s_add = tw - str_n - indent_n - join_n
-	    let s_nr  = strlen(substitute(str, '\S', '', 'g') ) - join_n
-	    let s_dup = s_add / s_nr
-	    let s_mod = s_add % s_nr
-
-	    " Test if the changed line fits with tw
-	    if 0 <= (str_n + (maxspaces - 1)*s_nr + indent_n) - tw
-
-		" Duplicate spaces
-		while s_dup > 0
-		    let str = substitute(str, '\( \+\)', ' \1', 'g')
-		    let s_dup = s_dup - 1
-		endwhile
-
-		" Add extra spaces from the end
-		while s_mod > 0
-		    let str = substitute(str, '\(\(\s\+\S\+\)\{' . s_mod .  '}\)$', ' \1', '')
-		    let s_mod = s_mod - 1
-		endwhile
-
-		" Indent the line
-		if indent_n > 0
-		    let str = substitute(str, '^', indent_str, '' )
-		endif
-
-		" Replace the line
-		call setline(cur, str)
-
-		" Convert to whitespace
-		if &et == 0
-		    exec cur . 'retab!'
-		endif
-
-	    endif   " Change of line
-	endif	" Possible change
-
-	let cur = cur + 1
-    endwhile
-
-    norm ^
-
-    let &report = save_report
-
-endfunction
-
-" EOF	vim: tw=78 ts=8 sw=4 sts=4 noet ai
+" Load the justify package.
+" For those users who were loading the justify plugin from here.
+packadd justify

runtime/macros/shellmenu.vim

@@ -1,94 +1,3 @@
-" When you're writing shell scripts and you are in doubt which test to use,
-" which shell environment variables are defined, what the syntax of the case
-" statement is, and you need to invoke 'man sh'?
-"
-" Your problems are over now!
-"
-" Attached is a Vim script file for turning gvim into a shell script editor.
-" It may also be used as an example how to use menus in Vim.
-"
-" Written by: Lennart Schultz <les@dmi.min.dk>
-
-imenu Stmts.for	for  in 
-do
-
-doneki	kk0elli
-imenu Stmts.case	case  in
-) ;;
-esacbki	k0elli
-imenu Stmts.if	if   
-then
-
-fiki	kk0elli
-imenu Stmts.if-else	if   
-then
-
-else
-
-fiki	kki	kk0elli
-imenu Stmts.elif	elif   
-then
-
-ki	kk0elli
-imenu Stmts.while	while   
-do
-
-doneki	kk0elli
-imenu Stmts.break	break 
-imenu Stmts.continue	continue 
-imenu Stmts.function	() {
-
-}ki	k0i
-imenu Stmts.return	return 
-imenu Stmts.return-true	return 0
-imenu Stmts.return-false	return 1
-imenu Stmts.exit	exit 
-imenu Stmts.shift	shift 
-imenu Stmts.trap	trap 
-imenu Test.existence	[ -e  ]hi
-imenu Test.existence - file		[ -f  ]hi
-imenu Test.existence - file (not empty)	[ -s  ]hi
-imenu Test.existence - directory	[ -d  ]hi
-imenu Test.existence - executable	[ -x  ]hi
-imenu Test.existence - readable	[ -r  ]hi
-imenu Test.existence - writable	[ -w  ]hi
-imenu Test.String is empty [ x = "x$" ]hhi
-imenu Test.String is not empty [ x != "x$" ]hhi
-imenu Test.Strings is equal [ "" = "" ]hhhhhhhi
-imenu Test.Strings is not equal [ "" != "" ]hhhhhhhhi
-imenu Test.Values is greater than [  -gt  ]hhhhhhi
-imenu Test.Values is greater equal [  -ge  ]hhhhhhi
-imenu Test.Values is equal [  -eq  ]hhhhhhi
-imenu Test.Values is not equal [  -ne  ]hhhhhhi
-imenu Test.Values is less than [  -lt  ]hhhhhhi
-imenu Test.Values is less equal [  -le  ]hhhhhhi
-imenu ParmSub.Substitute word if parm not set ${:-}hhi
-imenu ParmSub.Set parm to word if not set ${:=}hhi
-imenu ParmSub.Substitute word if parm set else nothing ${:+}hhi
-imenu ParmSub.If parm not set print word and exit ${:?}hhi
-imenu SpShVars.Number of positional parameters ${#}
-imenu SpShVars.All positional parameters (quoted spaces) ${*}
-imenu SpShVars.All positional parameters (unquoted spaces) ${@}
-imenu SpShVars.Flags set ${-}
-imenu SpShVars.Return code of last command ${?}
-imenu SpShVars.Process number of this shell ${$}
-imenu SpShVars.Process number of last background command ${!}
-imenu Environ.HOME ${HOME}
-imenu Environ.PATH ${PATH}
-imenu Environ.CDPATH ${CDPATH}
-imenu Environ.MAIL ${MAIL}
-imenu Environ.MAILCHECK ${MAILCHECK}
-imenu Environ.PS1 ${PS1}
-imenu Environ.PS2 ${PS2}
-imenu Environ.IFS ${IFS}
-imenu Environ.SHACCT ${SHACCT}
-imenu Environ.SHELL ${SHELL}
-imenu Environ.LC_CTYPE ${LC_CTYPE}
-imenu Environ.LC_MESSAGES ${LC_MESSAGES}
-imenu Builtins.cd cd
-imenu Builtins.echo echo
-imenu Builtins.eval eval
-imenu Builtins.exec exec
-imenu Builtins.export export
-imenu Builtins.getopts getopts
-imenu Builtins.hash hash
+" Load the shellmenu package.
+" For those users who were loading the shellmenu plugin from here.
+packadd shellmenu

runtime/macros/swapmous.vim

@@ -1,22 +1,3 @@
-" These macros swap the left and right mouse buttons (for left handed)
-" Don't forget to do ":set mouse=a" or the mouse won't work at all
-noremap	 <LeftMouse>	<RightMouse>
-noremap	 <2-LeftMouse>	<2-RightMouse>
-noremap	 <3-LeftMouse>	<3-RightMouse>
-noremap	 <4-LeftMouse>	<4-RightMouse>
-noremap	 <LeftDrag>	<RightDrag>
-noremap	 <LeftRelease>	<RightRelease>
-noremap	 <RightMouse>	<LeftMouse>
-noremap	 <2-RightMouse>	<2-LeftMouse>
-noremap	 <3-RightMouse>	<3-LeftMouse>
-noremap	 <4-RightMouse>	<4-LeftMouse>
-noremap	 <RightDrag>	<LeftDrag>
-noremap	 <RightRelease>	<LeftRelease>
-noremap	 g<LeftMouse>	<C-RightMouse>
-noremap	 g<RightMouse>	<C-LeftMouse>
-noremap! <LeftMouse>	<RightMouse>
-noremap! <LeftDrag>	<RightDrag>
-noremap! <LeftRelease>	<RightRelease>
-noremap! <RightMouse>	<LeftMouse>
-noremap! <RightDrag>	<LeftDrag>
-noremap! <RightRelease>	<LeftRelease>
+" Load the swapmouse package.
+" For those users who were loading the swapmous plugin from here.
+packadd swapmouse

runtime/menu.vim

@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ an 20.435	 &Edit.Startup\ &Settings		:call <SID>EditVimrc()<CR>
 fun! s:EditVimrc()
   if $MYVIMRC != ''
     let fname = $MYVIMRC
-  elseif has("win32") || has("dos32") || has("dos16") || has("os2")
+  elseif has("win32")
     if $HOME != ''
       let fname = $HOME . "/_vimrc"
     else
@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ endfun
 func! s:XxdFind()
   if !exists("g:xxdprogram")
     " On the PC xxd may not be in the path but in the install directory
-    if (has("win32") || has("dos32")) && !executable("xxd")
+    if has("win32") && !executable("xxd")
       let g:xxdprogram = $VIMRUNTIME . (&shellslash ? '/' : '\') . "xxd.exe"
     else
       let g:xxdprogram = "xxd"

runtime/optwin.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " These commands create the option window.
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2016 Mar 19
+" Last Change:	2016 Apr 30
 
 " If there already is an option window, jump to that one.
 if bufwinnr("option-window") > 0
@@ -412,6 +412,10 @@ call append("$", "highlight\twhich highlighting to use for various occasions")
 call <SID>OptionG("hl", &hl)
 call append("$", "hlsearch\thighlight all matches for the last used search pattern")
 call <SID>BinOptionG("hls", &hls)
+if has("termguicolors")
+  call append("$", "termguicolors\tuse GUI colors for the terminal")
+  call <SID>BinOptionG("tgc", &tgc)
+endif
 if has("syntax")
   call append("$", "cursorcolumn\thighlight the screen column of the cursor")
   call append("$", "\t(local to window)")
@@ -536,7 +540,7 @@ call append("$", "scrolljump\tminimal number of lines to scroll at a time")
 call append("$", " \tset sj=" . &sj)
 call append("$", "ttyscroll\tmaximum number of lines to use scrolling instead of redrawing")
 call append("$", " \tset tsl=" . &tsl)
-if has("gui") || has("msdos") || has("win32")
+if has("gui") || has("win32")
   call append("$", "guicursor\tspecifies what the cursor looks like in different modes")
   call <SID>OptionG("gcr", &gcr)
 endif
@@ -738,6 +742,10 @@ call <SID>Header("editing text")
 call append("$", "undolevels\tmaximum number of changes that can be undone")
 call append("$", "\t(global or local to buffer)")
 call append("$", " \tset ul=" . &ul)
+call append("$", "undofile\tautomatically save and restore undo history")
+call <SID>BinOptionG("udf", &udf)
+call append("$", "undodir\tlist of directories for undo files")
+call <SID>OptionG("udir", &udir)
 call append("$", "undoreload\tmaximum number lines to save for undo on a buffer reload")
 call append("$", " \tset ur=" . &ur)
 call append("$", "modified\tchanges have been made and not written to a file")
@@ -1008,11 +1016,9 @@ call append("$", "patchmode\tkeep oldest version of a file; specifies file name
 call <SID>OptionG("pm", &pm)
 call append("$", "fsync\tforcibly sync the file to disk after writing it")
 call <SID>BinOptionG("fs", &fs)
-if !has("msdos")
-  call append("$", "shortname\tuse 8.3 file names")
-  call append("$", "\t(local to buffer)")
-  call <SID>BinOptionL("sn")
-endif
+call append("$", "shortname\tuse 8.3 file names")
+call append("$", "\t(local to buffer)")
+call <SID>BinOptionL("sn")
 call append("$", "cryptmethod\tencryption method for file writing: zip or blowfish")
 call append("$", "\t(local to buffer)")
 call <SID>OptionL("cm")
@@ -1074,10 +1080,6 @@ if has("vertsplit")
   call append("$", "cmdwinheight\theight of the command-line window")
   call <SID>OptionG("cwh", &cwh)
 endif
-call append("$", "undofile\tautomatically save and restore undo history")
-call <SID>BinOptionG("udf", &udf)
-call append("$", "undodir\tlist of directories for undo files")
-call <SID>OptionG("udir", &udir)
 
 
 call <SID>Header("executing external commands")
@@ -1132,20 +1134,14 @@ if has("quickfix")
 endif
 
 
-if has("msdos") || has("os2") || has("win16") || has("win32") || has("osfiletype")
+if has("win32") || has("osfiletype")
   call <SID>Header("system specific")
-  if has("msdos")
-    call append("$", "bioskey\tcall the BIOS to get a keyoard character")
-    call <SID>BinOptionG("biosk", &biosk)
-    call append("$", "conskey\tuse direct console I/O to get a keyboard character")
-    call <SID>BinOptionG("consk", &consk)
-  endif
   if has("osfiletype")
     call append("$", "osfiletype\tOS-specific information about the type of file")
     call append("$", "\t(local to buffer)")
     call <SID>OptionL("oft")
   endif
-  if has("msdos") || has("os2") || has("win16") || has("win32")
+  if has("win32")
     call append("$", "shellslash\tuse forward slashes in file names; for Unix-like shells")
     call <SID>BinOptionG("ssl", &ssl)
   endif

runtime/pack/dist/opt/dvorak/dvorak/disable.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+" Back to Qwerty keyboard after using Dvorak.
+
+iunmap a
+iunmap b
+iunmap c
+iunmap d
+iunmap e
+iunmap f
+iunmap g
+iunmap h
+iunmap i
+iunmap j
+iunmap k
+iunmap l
+iunmap m
+iunmap n
+iunmap o
+iunmap p
+iunmap q
+iunmap r
+iunmap s
+iunmap t
+iunmap u
+iunmap v
+iunmap w
+iunmap x
+iunmap y
+iunmap z
+iunmap ;
+iunmap '
+iunmap "
+iunmap ,
+iunmap .
+iunmap /
+iunmap A
+iunmap B
+iunmap C
+iunmap D
+iunmap E
+iunmap F
+iunmap G
+iunmap H
+iunmap I
+iunmap J
+iunmap K
+iunmap L
+iunmap M
+iunmap N
+iunmap O
+iunmap P
+iunmap Q
+iunmap R
+iunmap S
+iunmap T
+iunmap U
+iunmap V
+iunmap W
+iunmap X
+iunmap Y
+iunmap Z
+iunmap <
+iunmap >
+iunmap ?
+iunmap :
+iunmap [
+iunmap ]
+iunmap {
+iunmap }
+iunmap -
+iunmap _
+iunmap =
+iunmap +

runtime/pack/dist/opt/dvorak/dvorak/enable.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+" Dvorak keyboard, only in Insert mode.
+"
+" Change "inoremap" to "map!" to also use in Ex mode.
+" Also change disable.vim then: "iunmap" to "unmap!".
+"
+" You may want to add a list of map's too.
+
+inoremap a a
+inoremap b x
+inoremap c j
+inoremap d e
+inoremap e .
+inoremap f u
+inoremap g i
+inoremap h d
+inoremap i c
+inoremap j h
+inoremap k t
+inoremap l n
+inoremap m m
+inoremap n b
+inoremap o r
+inoremap p l
+inoremap q '
+inoremap r p
+inoremap s o
+inoremap t y
+inoremap u g
+inoremap v k
+inoremap w ,
+inoremap x q
+inoremap y f
+inoremap z ;
+inoremap ; s
+inoremap ' -
+inoremap " _
+inoremap , w
+inoremap . v
+inoremap / z
+inoremap A A
+inoremap B X
+inoremap C J
+inoremap D E
+inoremap E >
+inoremap F U
+inoremap G I
+inoremap H D
+inoremap I C
+inoremap J H
+inoremap K T
+inoremap L N
+inoremap M M
+inoremap N B
+inoremap O R
+inoremap P L
+inoremap Q "
+inoremap R P
+inoremap S O
+inoremap T Y
+inoremap U G
+inoremap V K
+inoremap W <
+inoremap X Q
+inoremap Y F
+inoremap Z :
+inoremap < W
+inoremap > V
+inoremap ? Z
+inoremap : S
+inoremap [ /
+inoremap ] =
+inoremap { ?
+inoremap } +
+inoremap - [
+inoremap _ {
+inoremap = ]
+inoremap + }

runtime/pack/dist/opt/dvorak/plugin/dvorak.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+" When using a dvorak keyboard this file may be of help to you.
+" These mappings have been made by Lawrence Kesteloot <kesteloo@cs.unc.edu>.
+" What they do is that the most often used keys, like hjkl, are put in a more
+" easy to use position.
+" It may take some time to learn using this.
+
+if exists("g:loaded_dvorak_plugin")
+  finish
+endif
+let g:loaded_dvorak_plugin = 1
+
+" Key to go into dvorak mode:
+map ,d :runtime dvorak/enable.vim<CR>
+
+" Key to get out of dvorak mode:
+map ,q :runtime dvorak/disable.vim<CR>

runtime/pack/dist/opt/editexisting/plugin/editexisting.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+" Vim Plugin:	Edit the file with an existing Vim if possible
+" Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar
+" Last Change:	2016 Mar 28
+
+" To use add ":packadd! editexisting" in your vimrc file.
+
+" This plugin serves two purposes:
+" 1. On startup, if we were invoked with one file name argument and the file
+"    is not modified then try to find another Vim instance that is editing
+"    this file.  If there is one then bring it to the foreground and exit.
+" 2. When a file is edited and a swap file exists for it, try finding that
+"    other Vim and bring it to the foreground.  Requires Vim 7, because it
+"    uses the SwapExists autocommand event.
+
+" Function that finds the Vim instance that is editing "filename" and brings
+" it to the foreground.
+func s:EditElsewhere(filename)
+  let fname_esc = substitute(a:filename, "'", "''", "g")
+
+  let servers = serverlist()
+  while servers != ''
+    " Get next server name in "servername"; remove it from "servers".
+    let i = match(servers, "\n")
+    if i == -1
+      let servername = servers
+      let servers = ''
+    else
+      let servername = strpart(servers, 0, i)
+      let servers = strpart(servers, i + 1)
+    endif
+
+    " Skip ourselves.
+    if servername ==? v:servername
+      continue
+    endif
+
+    " Check if this server is editing our file.
+    if remote_expr(servername, "bufloaded('" . fname_esc . "')")
+      " Yes, bring it to the foreground.
+      if has("win32")
+	call remote_foreground(servername)
+      endif
+      call remote_expr(servername, "foreground()")
+
+      if remote_expr(servername, "exists('*EditExisting')")
+	" Make sure the file is visible in a window (not hidden).
+	" If v:swapcommand exists and is set, send it to the server.
+	if exists("v:swapcommand")
+	  let c = substitute(v:swapcommand, "'", "''", "g")
+	  call remote_expr(servername, "EditExisting('" . fname_esc . "', '" . c . "')")
+	else
+	  call remote_expr(servername, "EditExisting('" . fname_esc . "', '')")
+	endif
+      endif
+
+      if !(has('vim_starting') && has('gui_running') && has('gui_win32'))
+	" Tell the user what is happening.  Not when the GUI is starting
+	" though, it would result in a message box.
+	echomsg "File is being edited by " . servername
+	sleep 2
+      endif
+      return 'q'
+    endif
+  endwhile
+  return ''
+endfunc
+
+" When the plugin is loaded and there is one file name argument: Find another
+" Vim server that is editing this file right now.
+if argc() == 1 && !&modified
+  if s:EditElsewhere(expand("%:p")) == 'q'
+    quit
+  endif
+endif
+
+" Setup for handling the situation that an existing swap file is found.
+try
+  au! SwapExists * let v:swapchoice = s:EditElsewhere(expand("<afile>:p"))
+catch
+  " Without SwapExists we don't do anything for ":edit" commands
+endtry
+
+" Function used on the server to make the file visible and possibly execute a
+" command.
+func! EditExisting(fname, command)
+  " Get the window number of the file in the current tab page.
+  let winnr = bufwinnr(a:fname)
+  if winnr <= 0
+    " Not found, look in other tab pages.
+    let bufnr = bufnr(a:fname)
+    for i in range(tabpagenr('$'))
+      if index(tabpagebuflist(i + 1), bufnr) >= 0
+	" Make this tab page the current one and find the window number.
+	exe 'tabnext ' . (i + 1)
+	let winnr = bufwinnr(a:fname)
+	break
+      endif
+    endfor
+  endif
+
+  if winnr > 0
+    exe winnr . "wincmd w"
+  elseif exists('*fnameescape')
+    exe "split " . fnameescape(a:fname)
+  else
+    exe "split " . escape(a:fname, " \t\n*?[{`$\\%#'\"|!<")
+  endif
+
+  if a:command != ''
+    exe "normal! " . a:command
+  endif
+
+  redraw
+endfunc

runtime/pack/dist/opt/justify/plugin/justify.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,316 @@
+" Function to left and right align text.
+"
+" Written by:	Preben "Peppe" Guldberg <c928400@student.dtu.dk>
+" Created:	980806 14:13 (or around that time anyway)
+" Revised:	001103 00:36 (See "Revisions" below)
+
+
+" function Justify( [ textwidth [, maxspaces [, indent] ] ] )
+"
+" Justify()  will  left  and  right  align  a  line  by  filling  in  an
+" appropriate amount of spaces.  Extra  spaces  are  added  to  existing
+" spaces starting from the right side of the line.  As an  example,  the
+" following documentation has been justified.
+"
+" The function takes the following arguments:
+
+" textwidth argument
+" ------------------
+" If not specified, the value of the 'textwidth'  option  is  used.   If
+" 'textwidth' is zero a value of 80 is used.
+"
+" Additionally the arguments 'tw' and '' are  accepted.   The  value  of
+" 'textwidth' will be used. These are handy, if you just want to specify
+" the maxspaces argument.
+
+" maxspaces argument
+" ------------------
+" If specified, alignment will only be done, if the  longest  space  run
+" after alignment is no longer than maxspaces.
+"
+" An argument of '' is accepted, should the user  like  to  specify  all
+" arguments.
+"
+" To aid user defined commands, negative  values  are  accepted  aswell.
+" Using a negative value specifies the default behaviour: any length  of
+" space runs will be used to justify the text.
+
+" indent argument
+" ---------------
+" This argument specifies how a line should be indented. The default  is
+" to keep the current indentation.
+"
+" Negative  values:  Keep  current   amount   of   leading   whitespace.
+" Positive values: Indent all lines with leading whitespace  using  this
+" amount of whitespace.
+"
+" Note that the value 0, needs to be quoted as  a  string.   This  value
+" leads to a left flushed text.
+"
+" Additionally units of  'shiftwidth'/'sw'  and  'tabstop'/'ts'  may  be
+" added. In this case, if the value of indent is positive, the amount of
+" whitespace to be  added  will  be  multiplied  by  the  value  of  the
+" 'shiftwidth' and 'tabstop' settings.  If these  units  are  used,  the
+"  argument must  be  given  as  a  string,  eg.   Justify('','','2sw').
+"
+" If the values of 'sw' or 'tw' are negative, they  are  treated  as  if
+" they were 0, which means that the text is flushed left.  There  is  no
+" check if a negative number prefix is used to  change  the  sign  of  a
+" negative 'sw' or 'ts' value.
+"
+" As with the other arguments,  ''  may  be  used  to  get  the  default
+" behaviour.
+
+
+" Notes:
+"
+" If the line, adjusted for space runs and leading/trailing  whitespace,
+" is wider than the used textwidth, the line will be left untouched  (no
+" whitespace removed).  This should be equivalent to  the  behaviour  of
+" :left, :right and :center.
+"
+" If the resulting line is shorter than the used textwidth  it  is  left
+" untouched.
+"
+" All space runs in the line  are  truncated  before  the  alignment  is
+" carried out.
+"
+" If you have set 'noexpandtab', :retab!  is used to replace space  runs
+"  with whitespace  using  the  value  of  'tabstop'.   This  should  be
+" conformant with :left, :right and :center.
+"
+" If joinspaces is set, an extra space is added after '.', '?' and  '!'.
+" If 'cpooptions' include 'j', extra space  is  only  added  after  '.'.
+" (This may on occasion conflict with maxspaces.)
+
+
+" Related mappings:
+"
+" Mappings that will align text using the current text width,  using  at
+" most four spaces in a  space  run  and  keeping  current  indentation.
+nmap _j :%call Justify('tw',4)<CR>
+vmap _j :call Justify('tw',4)<CR>
+"
+" Mappings that will remove space runs and format lines (might be useful
+" prior to aligning the text).
+nmap ,gq :%s/\s\+/ /g<CR>gq1G
+vmap ,gq :s/\s\+/ /g<CR>gvgq
+
+
+" User defined command:
+"
+" The following is an ex command that works as a shortcut to the Justify
+" function.  Arguments to Justify() can  be  added  after  the  command.
+com! -range -nargs=* Justify <line1>,<line2>call Justify(<f-args>)
+"
+" The following commands are all equivalent:
+"
+" 1. Simplest use of Justify():
+"       :call Justify()
+"       :Justify
+"
+" 2. The _j mapping above via the ex command:
+"       :%Justify tw 4
+"
+" 3.  Justify  visualised  text  at  72nd  column  while  indenting  all
+" previously indented text two shiftwidths
+"       :'<,'>call Justify(72,'','2sw')
+"       :'<,'>Justify 72 -1 2sw
+"
+" This documentation has been justified  using  the  following  command:
+":se et|kz|1;/^" function Justify(/+,'z-g/^" /s/^" //|call Justify(70,3)|s/^/" /
+
+" Revisions:
+" 001103: If 'joinspaces' was set, calculations could be wrong.
+"	  Tabs at start of line could also lead to errors.
+"	  Use setline() instead of "exec 's/foo/bar/' - safer.
+"	  Cleaned up the code a bit.
+"
+" Todo:	  Convert maps to the new script specific form
+
+" Error function
+function! Justify_error(message)
+    echohl Error
+    echo "Justify([tw, [maxspaces [, indent]]]): " . a:message
+    echohl None
+endfunction
+
+
+" Now for the real thing
+function! Justify(...) range
+
+    if a:0 > 3
+    call Justify_error("Too many arguments (max 3)")
+    return 1
+    endif
+
+    " Set textwidth (accept 'tw' and '' as arguments)
+    if a:0 >= 1
+	if a:1 =~ '^\(tw\)\=$'
+	    let tw = &tw
+	elseif a:1 =~ '^\d\+$'
+	    let tw = a:1
+	else
+	    call Justify_error("tw must be a number (>0), '' or 'tw'")
+	    return 2
+	endif
+    else
+	let tw = &tw
+    endif
+    if tw == 0
+	let tw = 80
+    endif
+
+    " Set maximum number of spaces between WORDs
+    if a:0 >= 2
+	if a:2 == ''
+	    let maxspaces = tw
+	elseif a:2 =~ '^-\d\+$'
+	    let maxspaces = tw
+	elseif a:2 =~ '^\d\+$'
+	    let maxspaces = a:2
+	else
+	    call Justify_error("maxspaces must be a number or ''")
+	    return 3
+	endif
+    else
+	let maxspaces = tw
+    endif
+    if maxspaces <= 1
+	call Justify_error("maxspaces should be larger than 1")
+	return 4
+    endif
+
+    " Set the indentation style (accept sw and ts units)
+    let indent_fix = ''
+    if a:0 >= 3
+	if (a:3 == '') || a:3 =~ '^-[1-9]\d*\(shiftwidth\|sw\|tabstop\|ts\)\=$'
+	    let indent = -1
+	elseif a:3 =~ '^-\=0\(shiftwidth\|sw\|tabstop\|ts\)\=$'
+	    let indent = 0
+	elseif a:3 =~ '^\d\+\(shiftwidth\|sw\|tabstop\|ts\)\=$'
+	    let indent = substitute(a:3, '\D', '', 'g')
+	elseif a:3 =~ '^\(shiftwidth\|sw\|tabstop\|ts\)$'
+	    let indent = 1
+	else
+	    call Justify_error("indent: a number with 'sw'/'ts' unit")
+	    return 5
+	endif
+	if indent >= 0
+	    while indent > 0
+		let indent_fix = indent_fix . ' '
+		let indent = indent - 1
+	    endwhile
+	    let indent_sw = 0
+	    if a:3 =~ '\(shiftwidth\|sw\)'
+		let indent_sw = &sw
+	    elseif a:3 =~ '\(tabstop\|ts\)'
+		let indent_sw = &ts
+	    endif
+	    let indent_fix2 = ''
+	    while indent_sw > 0
+		let indent_fix2 = indent_fix2 . indent_fix
+		let indent_sw = indent_sw - 1
+	    endwhile
+	    let indent_fix = indent_fix2
+	endif
+    else
+	let indent = -1
+    endif
+
+    " Avoid substitution reports
+    let save_report = &report
+    set report=1000000
+
+    " Check 'joinspaces' and 'cpo'
+    if &js == 1
+	if &cpo =~ 'j'
+	    let join_str = '\(\. \)'
+	else
+	    let join_str = '\([.!?!] \)'
+	endif
+    endif
+
+    let cur = a:firstline
+    while cur <= a:lastline
+
+	let str_orig = getline(cur)
+	let save_et = &et
+	set et
+	exec cur . "retab"
+	let &et = save_et
+	let str = getline(cur)
+
+	let indent_str = indent_fix
+	let indent_n = strlen(indent_str)
+	" Shall we remember the current indentation
+	if indent < 0
+	    let indent_orig = matchstr(str_orig, '^\s*')
+	    if strlen(indent_orig) > 0
+		let indent_str = indent_orig
+		let indent_n = strlen(matchstr(str, '^\s*'))
+	    endif
+	endif
+
+	" Trim trailing, leading and running whitespace
+	let str = substitute(str, '\s\+$', '', '')
+	let str = substitute(str, '^\s\+', '', '')
+	let str = substitute(str, '\s\+', ' ', 'g')
+	let str_n = strdisplaywidth(str)
+
+	" Possible addition of space after punctuation
+	if exists("join_str")
+	    let str = substitute(str, join_str, '\1 ', 'g')
+	endif
+	let join_n = strdisplaywidth(str) - str_n
+
+	" Can extraspaces be added?
+	" Note that str_n may be less than strlen(str) [joinspaces above]
+	if strdisplaywidth(str) <= tw - indent_n && str_n > 0
+	    " How many spaces should be added
+	    let s_add = tw - str_n - indent_n - join_n
+	    let s_nr  = strlen(substitute(str, '\S', '', 'g') ) - join_n
+	    let s_dup = s_add / s_nr
+	    let s_mod = s_add % s_nr
+
+	    " Test if the changed line fits with tw
+	    if 0 <= (str_n + (maxspaces - 1)*s_nr + indent_n) - tw
+
+		" Duplicate spaces
+		while s_dup > 0
+		    let str = substitute(str, '\( \+\)', ' \1', 'g')
+		    let s_dup = s_dup - 1
+		endwhile
+
+		" Add extra spaces from the end
+		while s_mod > 0
+		    let str = substitute(str, '\(\(\s\+\S\+\)\{' . s_mod .  '}\)$', ' \1', '')
+		    let s_mod = s_mod - 1
+		endwhile
+
+		" Indent the line
+		if indent_n > 0
+		    let str = substitute(str, '^', indent_str, '' )
+		endif
+
+		" Replace the line
+		call setline(cur, str)
+
+		" Convert to whitespace
+		if &et == 0
+		    exec cur . 'retab!'
+		endif
+
+	    endif   " Change of line
+	endif	" Possible change
+
+	let cur = cur + 1
+    endwhile
+
+    norm ^
+
+    let &report = save_report
+
+endfunction
+
+" EOF	vim: tw=78 ts=8 sw=4 sts=4 noet ai

runtime/pack/dist/opt/matchit/doc/matchit.txt

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ For instructions on installing this file, type
 	:help matchit-install
 inside Vim.
 
-For Vim version 6.3.  Last change:  2007 Aug 29
+For Vim version 6.3.  Last change:  2016 Mar 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Benji Fisher
@@ -152,13 +152,10 @@ setting |b:match_skip|.
 ==============================================================================
 2. Activation						*matchit-activate*
 
-You can use this script as a plugin, by copying it to your plugin directory.
-See |add-global-plugin| for instructions.  You can also add a line to your
-|vimrc| file, such as >
-	:source $VIMRUNTIME/macros/matchit.vim
-or >
-	:runtime macros/matchit.vim
-Either way, the script should start working the next time you start up Vim.
+To use the matchit plugin add this line to your |vimrc|: >
+	packadd! matchit
+
+The script should start working the next time you start Vim.
 
 (Earlier versions of the script did nothing unless a |buffer-variable| named
 |b:match_words| was defined.  Even earlier versions contained autocommands

runtime/pack/dist/opt/matchit/plugin/matchit.vim

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
 "  Last Change: Fri Jan 25 10:00 AM 2008 EST
 "  Maintainer:  Benji Fisher PhD   <benji@member.AMS.org>
 "  Version:     1.13.2, for Vim 6.3+
+"		Fix from Fernando Torres included.
 "  URL:		http://www.vim.org/script.php?script_id=39
 
 " Documentation:
@@ -122,7 +123,6 @@ function! s:Match_wrapper(word, forward, mode) range
 " Thanks to Preben "Peppe" Guldberg and Bram Moolenaar for this suggestion!
   if (match_words != s:last_words) || (&mps != s:last_mps) ||
     \ exists("b:match_debug")
-    let s:last_words = match_words
     let s:last_mps = &mps
     " The next several lines were here before
     " BF started messing with this script.
@@ -134,6 +134,7 @@ function! s:Match_wrapper(word, forward, mode) range
       \ '\/\*:\*\/,#\s*if\%(def\)\=:#\s*else\>:#\s*elif\>:#\s*endif\>'
     " s:all = pattern with all the keywords
     let match_words = match_words . (strlen(match_words) ? "," : "") . default
+    let s:last_words = match_words
     if match_words !~ s:notslash . '\\\d'
       let s:do_BR = 0
       let s:pat = match_words

runtime/pack/dist/opt/shellmenu/plugin/shellmenu.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+" When you're writing shell scripts and you are in doubt which test to use,
+" which shell environment variables are defined, what the syntax of the case
+" statement is, and you need to invoke 'man sh'?
+"
+" Your problems are over now!
+"
+" Attached is a Vim script file for turning gvim into a shell script editor.
+" It may also be used as an example how to use menus in Vim.
+"
+" Written by: Lennart Schultz <les@dmi.min.dk>
+
+imenu Stmts.for	for  in 
+do
+
+doneki	kk0elli
+imenu Stmts.case	case  in
+) ;;
+esacbki	k0elli
+imenu Stmts.if	if   
+then
+
+fiki	kk0elli
+imenu Stmts.if-else	if   
+then
+
+else
+
+fiki	kki	kk0elli
+imenu Stmts.elif	elif   
+then
+
+ki	kk0elli
+imenu Stmts.while	while   
+do
+
+doneki	kk0elli
+imenu Stmts.break	break 
+imenu Stmts.continue	continue 
+imenu Stmts.function	() {
+
+}ki	k0i
+imenu Stmts.return	return 
+imenu Stmts.return-true	return 0
+imenu Stmts.return-false	return 1
+imenu Stmts.exit	exit 
+imenu Stmts.shift	shift 
+imenu Stmts.trap	trap 
+imenu Test.existence	[ -e  ]hi
+imenu Test.existence - file		[ -f  ]hi
+imenu Test.existence - file (not empty)	[ -s  ]hi
+imenu Test.existence - directory	[ -d  ]hi
+imenu Test.existence - executable	[ -x  ]hi
+imenu Test.existence - readable	[ -r  ]hi
+imenu Test.existence - writable	[ -w  ]hi
+imenu Test.String is empty [ x = "x$" ]hhi
+imenu Test.String is not empty [ x != "x$" ]hhi
+imenu Test.Strings is equal [ "" = "" ]hhhhhhhi
+imenu Test.Strings is not equal [ "" != "" ]hhhhhhhhi
+imenu Test.Values is greater than [  -gt  ]hhhhhhi
+imenu Test.Values is greater equal [  -ge  ]hhhhhhi
+imenu Test.Values is equal [  -eq  ]hhhhhhi
+imenu Test.Values is not equal [  -ne  ]hhhhhhi
+imenu Test.Values is less than [  -lt  ]hhhhhhi
+imenu Test.Values is less equal [  -le  ]hhhhhhi
+imenu ParmSub.Substitute word if parm not set ${:-}hhi
+imenu ParmSub.Set parm to word if not set ${:=}hhi
+imenu ParmSub.Substitute word if parm set else nothing ${:+}hhi
+imenu ParmSub.If parm not set print word and exit ${:?}hhi
+imenu SpShVars.Number of positional parameters ${#}
+imenu SpShVars.All positional parameters (quoted spaces) ${*}
+imenu SpShVars.All positional parameters (unquoted spaces) ${@}
+imenu SpShVars.Flags set ${-}
+imenu SpShVars.Return code of last command ${?}
+imenu SpShVars.Process number of this shell ${$}
+imenu SpShVars.Process number of last background command ${!}
+imenu Environ.HOME ${HOME}
+imenu Environ.PATH ${PATH}
+imenu Environ.CDPATH ${CDPATH}
+imenu Environ.MAIL ${MAIL}
+imenu Environ.MAILCHECK ${MAILCHECK}
+imenu Environ.PS1 ${PS1}
+imenu Environ.PS2 ${PS2}
+imenu Environ.IFS ${IFS}
+imenu Environ.SHACCT ${SHACCT}
+imenu Environ.SHELL ${SHELL}
+imenu Environ.LC_CTYPE ${LC_CTYPE}
+imenu Environ.LC_MESSAGES ${LC_MESSAGES}
+imenu Builtins.cd cd
+imenu Builtins.echo echo
+imenu Builtins.eval eval
+imenu Builtins.exec exec
+imenu Builtins.export export
+imenu Builtins.getopts getopts
+imenu Builtins.hash hash

runtime/pack/dist/opt/swapmouse/plugin/swapmouse.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+" These macros swap the left and right mouse buttons (for left handed)
+" Don't forget to do ":set mouse=a" or the mouse won't work at all
+noremap	 <LeftMouse>	<RightMouse>
+noremap	 <2-LeftMouse>	<2-RightMouse>
+noremap	 <3-LeftMouse>	<3-RightMouse>
+noremap	 <4-LeftMouse>	<4-RightMouse>
+noremap	 <LeftDrag>	<RightDrag>
+noremap	 <LeftRelease>	<RightRelease>
+noremap	 <RightMouse>	<LeftMouse>
+noremap	 <2-RightMouse>	<2-LeftMouse>
+noremap	 <3-RightMouse>	<3-LeftMouse>
+noremap	 <4-RightMouse>	<4-LeftMouse>
+noremap	 <RightDrag>	<LeftDrag>
+noremap	 <RightRelease>	<LeftRelease>
+noremap	 g<LeftMouse>	<C-RightMouse>
+noremap	 g<RightMouse>	<C-LeftMouse>
+noremap! <LeftMouse>	<RightMouse>
+noremap! <LeftDrag>	<RightDrag>
+noremap! <LeftRelease>	<RightRelease>
+noremap! <RightMouse>	<LeftMouse>
+noremap! <RightDrag>	<LeftDrag>
+noremap! <RightRelease>	<LeftRelease>

runtime/plugin/logiPat.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
-" LogiPat:
+" LogiPat: Boolean logical pattern matcher
 "   Author:  Charles E. Campbell
-"   Date:    Mar 13, 2013
-"   Version: 3
+"   Date:    Apr 04, 2016
+"   Version: 4
 "   Purpose: to do Boolean-logic based regular expression pattern matching
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2011 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
@@ -36,21 +36,22 @@
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " Load Once: {{{1
-if &cp || exists("loaded_logipat")
+if &cp || exists("loaded_logiPat")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_LogiPat = "v3"
+let g:loaded_logiPat = "v4"
 let s:keepcpo        = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 "DechoRemOn
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " Public Interface: {{{1
-com!        -nargs=* LogiPat		call   LogiPat(<q-args>,1)
-silent! com -nargs=* LP				call   LogiPat(<q-args>,1)
-com!        -nargs=+ ELP			echomsg   LogiPat(<q-args>)
-com!        -nargs=+ LogiPatFlags	let  s:LogiPatFlags="<args>"
-silent! com -nargs=+ LPF			let  s:LogiPatFlags="<args>"
+com!     -nargs=* LogiPat		call   LogiPat(<q-args>,1)
+sil! com -nargs=* LP			call   LogiPat(<q-args>,1)
+sil! com -nargs=* LPR			call   LogiPat(<q-args>,1,"r")
+com!     -nargs=+ LPE			echomsg LogiPat(<q-args>)
+com!     -nargs=+ LogiPatFlags	let  s:LogiPatFlags="<args>"
+sil! com -nargs=+ LPF			let  s:LogiPatFlags="<args>"
 
 " =====================================================================
 " Functions: {{{1
@@ -66,6 +67,9 @@ fun! LogiPat(pat,...)
   else
    let dosearch= 0
   endif
+  if a:0 >= 3
+   let s:LogiPatFlags= a:3
+  endif
 
   let s:npatstack = 0
   let s:nopstack  = 0
@@ -126,7 +130,7 @@ fun! LogiPat(pat,...)
 
   " perform the indicated search
   if dosearch
-   if exists("s:LogiPatFlags")
+   if exists("s:LogiPatFlags") && s:LogiPatFlags != ""
 "  call Decho("search(result<".result."> LogiPatFlags<".s:LogiPatFlags.">)")
     call search(result,s:LogiPatFlags)
    else

runtime/plugin/manpager.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+" Vim plugin for using Vim as manpager.
+" Maintainer: Enno Nagel <ennonagel+vim@gmail.com>
+" Last Change: 2016 May 20
+
+" $MAN_PN is supposed to be set by MANPAGER, see ":help manpager.vim".
+if empty($MAN_PN)
+  finish
+endif
+
+command! -nargs=0 MANPAGER call s:MANPAGER() | delcommand MANPAGER
+
+function! s:MANPAGER()
+  let page_pattern = '\v\w+%([-_.]\w+)*'
+  let sec_pattern = '\v\w+%(\+\w+)*'
+  let pagesec_pattern = '\v(' . page_pattern . ')\((' . sec_pattern . ')\)'
+
+  if $MAN_PN is '1'
+    let manpage = matchstr( getline(1), '^' . pagesec_pattern )
+  else
+    let manpage = expand('$MAN_PN')
+  endif
+
+  let page_sec = matchlist(tolower(manpage), '^' . pagesec_pattern  . '$')
+
+  bwipe!
+
+  setlocal filetype=man
+  exe 'Man' page_sec[2] page_sec[1]
+endfunction

runtime/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim

@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_netrwPlugin")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_netrwPlugin = "v155"
+let g:loaded_netrwPlugin = "v156"
 let s:keepcpo = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 "DechoRemOn

runtime/plugin/vimballPlugin.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " vimballPlugin : construct a file containing both paths and files
-" Author: Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
-" Copyright: (c) 2004-2010 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
+" Author: Charles E. Campbell
+" Copyright: (c) 2004-2014 by Charles E. Campbell
 "            The VIM LICENSE applies to Vimball.vim, and Vimball.txt
 "            (see |copyright|) except use "Vimball" instead of "Vim".
 "            No warranty, express or implied.
@@ -16,22 +16,25 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_vimballPlugin")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_vimballPlugin = "v35"
+let g:loaded_vimballPlugin = "v37"
 let s:keepcpo              = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
 " ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 " Public Interface: {{{1
-com! -ra   -complete=file -na=+ -bang MkVimball				call vimball#MkVimball(<line1>,<line2>,<bang>0,<f-args>)
-com! -na=? -complete=dir  UseVimball						call vimball#Vimball(1,<f-args>)
-com! -na=0                VimballList						call vimball#Vimball(0)
-com! -na=* -complete=dir  RmVimball							call vimball#SaveSettings()|call vimball#RmVimball(<f-args>)|call vimball#RestoreSettings()
-au BufEnter  *.vba,*.vba.gz,*.vba.bz2,*.vba.zip,*.vba.xz	setlocal bt=nofile fmr=[[[,]]] fdm=marker|if &ff != 'unix'|setlocal ma ff=unix noma|endif|call vimball#ShowMesg(0,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)")
-au SourceCmd *.vba.gz,*.vba.bz2,*.vba.zip,*.vba.xz			if expand("%")!=expand("<afile>") | exe "1sp" fnameescape(expand("<afile>"))|endif|call vimball#Decompress(expand("<amatch>"))|so %|if expand("%")!=expand("<afile>")|close|endif
-au SourceCmd *.vba											if expand("%")!=expand("<afile>") | exe "1sp" fnameescape(expand("<afile>"))|call vimball#Vimball(1)|close|else|call vimball#Vimball(1)|endif
-au BufEnter  *.vmb,*.vmb.gz,*.vmb.bz2,*.vmb.zip,*.vmb.xz	setlocal bt=nofile fmr=[[[,]]] fdm=marker|if &ff != 'unix'|setlocal ma ff=unix noma|endif|call vimball#ShowMesg(0,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)")
-au SourceCmd *.vmb.gz,*.vmb.bz2,*.vmb.zip,*.vmb.xz			if expand("%")!=expand("<afile>") | exe "1sp" fnameescape(expand("<afile>"))|endif|call vimball#Decompress(expand("<amatch>"))|so %|if expand("%")!=expand("<afile>")|close|endif
-au SourceCmd *.vmb											if expand("%")!=expand("<afile>") | exe "1sp" fnameescape(expand("<afile>"))|call vimball#Vimball(1)|close|else|call vimball#Vimball(1)|endif
+com! -range   -complete=file -nargs=+ -bang MkVimball		call vimball#MkVimball(<line1>,<line2>,<bang>0,<f-args>)
+com! -nargs=? -complete=dir  UseVimball						call vimball#Vimball(1,<f-args>)
+com! -nargs=0                VimballList					call vimball#Vimball(0)
+com! -nargs=* -complete=dir  RmVimball						call vimball#SaveSettings()|call vimball#RmVimball(<f-args>)|call vimball#RestoreSettings()
+augroup Vimball
+ au!
+ au BufEnter  *.vba,*.vba.gz,*.vba.bz2,*.vba.zip,*.vba.xz	setlocal bt=nofile fmr=[[[,]]] fdm=marker|if &ff != 'unix'|setlocal ma ff=unix noma|endif|if line('$') > 1|call vimball#ShowMesg(0,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)")|endif
+ au SourceCmd *.vba.gz,*.vba.bz2,*.vba.zip,*.vba.xz			let s:origfile=expand("%")|if expand("%")!=expand("<afile>") | exe "1sp" fnameescape(expand("<afile>"))|endif|call vimball#Decompress(expand("<amatch>"))|so %|if s:origfile!=expand("<afile>")|close|endif
+ au SourceCmd *.vba											if expand("%")!=expand("<afile>") | exe "1sp" fnameescape(expand("<afile>"))|call vimball#Vimball(1)|close|else|call vimball#Vimball(1)|endif
+ au BufEnter  *.vmb,*.vmb.gz,*.vmb.bz2,*.vmb.zip,*.vmb.xz	setlocal bt=nofile fmr=[[[,]]] fdm=marker|if &ff != 'unix'|setlocal ma ff=unix noma|endif|if line('$') > 1|call vimball#ShowMesg(0,"Source this file to extract it! (:so %)")|endif
+ au SourceCmd *.vmb.gz,*.vmb.bz2,*.vmb.zip,*.vmb.xz			let s:origfile=expand("%")|if expand("%")!=expand("<afile>") | exe "1sp" fnameescape(expand("<afile>"))|endif|call vimball#Decompress(expand("<amatch>"))|so %|if s:origfile!=expand("<afile>")|close|endif
+ au SourceCmd *.vmb											if expand("%")!=expand("<afile>") | exe "1sp" fnameescape(expand("<afile>"))|call vimball#Vimball(1)|close|else|call vimball#Vimball(1)|endif
+augroup END
 
 " =====================================================================
 " Restoration And Modelines: {{{1

runtime/rgb.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,3 @@
-! $XConsortium: rgb.txt,v 10.41 94/02/20 18:39:36 rws Exp $
 255 250 250		snow
 248 248 255		ghost white
 248 248 255		GhostWhite
@@ -58,6 +57,14 @@
 119 136 153		LightSlateGrey
 190 190 190		gray
 190 190 190		grey
+190 190 190		x11 gray
+190 190 190		X11Gray
+190 190 190		x11 grey
+190 190 190		X11Grey
+128 128 128		web gray
+128 128 128		WebGray
+128 128 128		web grey
+128 128 128		WebGrey
 211 211 211		light grey
 211 211 211		LightGrey
 211 211 211		light gray
@@ -106,6 +113,7 @@
  72 209 204		MediumTurquoise
  64 224 208		turquoise
   0 255 255		cyan
+  0 255 255		aqua
 224 255 255		light cyan
 224 255 255		LightCyan
  95 158 160		cadet blue
@@ -132,6 +140,11 @@
 124 252   0		lawn green
 124 252   0		LawnGreen
   0 255   0		green
+  0 255   0		lime
+  0 255   0		x11 green
+  0 255   0		X11Green
+  0 128   0		web green
+  0 128   0		WebGreen
 127 255   0		chartreuse
   0 250 154		medium spring green
   0 250 154		MediumSpringGreen
@@ -203,11 +216,16 @@
 219 112 147		pale violet red
 219 112 147		PaleVioletRed
 176  48  96		maroon
+176  48  96		x11 maroon
+176  48  96		X11Maroon
+128   0   0		web maroon
+128   0   0		WebMaroon
 199  21 133		medium violet red
 199  21 133		MediumVioletRed
 208  32 144		violet red
 208  32 144		VioletRed
 255   0 255		magenta
+255   0 255		fuchsia
 238 130 238		violet
 221 160 221		plum
 218 112 214		orchid
@@ -220,6 +238,10 @@
 138  43 226		blue violet
 138  43 226		BlueViolet
 160  32 240		purple
+160  32 240		x11 purple
+160  32 240		X11Purple
+128   0 128		web purple
+128   0 128		WebPurple
 147 112 219		medium purple
 147 112 219		MediumPurple
 216 191 216		thistle
@@ -751,3 +773,10 @@
 139   0   0		DarkRed
 144 238 144		light green
 144 238 144		LightGreen
+220  20  60		crimson
+ 75   0 130		indigo
+128 128   0		olive
+102  51 153		rebecca purple
+102  51 153		RebeccaPurple
+192 192 192		silver
+  0 128 128		teal

runtime/scripts.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types in scripts
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last change:	2014 Aug 24
+" Last change:	2016 May 21
 
 " This file is called by an autocommand for every file that has just been
 " loaded into a buffer.  It checks if the type of file can be recognized by
@@ -245,7 +245,8 @@ else
     set ft=xhtml
 
     " HTML (e.g.: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN")
-  elseif s:line1 =~? '\<DOCTYPE\s\+html\>'
+    " Avoid "doctype html", used by slim.
+  elseif s:line1 =~? '<!DOCTYPE\s\+html\>'
     set ft=html
 
     " PDF

runtime/synmenu.vim

@@ -61,6 +61,7 @@ an 50.10.320 &Syntax.AB.Ascii\ Doc :cal SetSyn("asciidoc")<CR>
 an 50.10.330 &Syntax.AB.ASP\ with\ VBScript :cal SetSyn("aspvbs")<CR>
 an 50.10.340 &Syntax.AB.ASP\ with\ Perl :cal SetSyn("aspperl")<CR>
 an 50.10.350 &Syntax.AB.Assembly.680x0 :cal SetSyn("asm68k")<CR>
+an 50.10.355 &Syntax.AB.Assembly.AVR :cal SetSyn("avra")<CR>
 an 50.10.360 &Syntax.AB.Assembly.Flat :cal SetSyn("fasm")<CR>
 an 50.10.370 &Syntax.AB.Assembly.GNU :cal SetSyn("asm")<CR>
 an 50.10.380 &Syntax.AB.Assembly.GNU\ H-8300 :cal SetSyn("asmh8300")<CR>

runtime/syntax/avra.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+" Vim syntax file
+" Language:     AVR Assembler (AVRA)
+" AVRA Home:    http://avra.sourceforge.net/index.html
+" AVRA Version: 1.3.0
+" Maintainer:	  Marius Ghita <mhitza@gmail.com>
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+setlocal iskeyword=a-z,A-Z,48-57,.,_
+" 'isident' is a global option, better not set it
+" setlocal isident=a-z,A-Z,48-57,.,_
+syn case ignore
+
+syn keyword avraRegister r0 r1 r2 r3 r4 r5 r6 r7 r8 r9 r10 r11 r12 r13 r14
+syn keyword avraRegister r15 r16 r17 r18 r19 r20 r21 r22 r23 r24 r25 r26 r27
+syn keyword avraRegister r28 r29 r30 r31
+
+syn keyword avraInstr add adc adiw sub subi sbc sbci sbiw and andi or ori eor
+syn keyword avraInstr com neg sbr cbr inc dec tst clr ser mul muls mulsu fmul
+syn keyword avraInstr fmuls fmulsu des rjmp ijmp eijmp jmp rcall icall eicall
+syn keyword avraInstr call ret reti cpse cp cpc cpi sbrc sbrs sbic sbis brbs
+syn keyword avraInstr brbc breq brne brcs brcc brsh brlo brmi brpl brge brlt
+syn keyword avraInstr brhs brhc brts brtc brvs brvc brie brid mov movw ldi lds
+syn keyword avraInstr ld ldd sts st std lpm elpm spm in out push pop xch las
+syn keyword avraInstr lac lat lsl lsr rol ror asr swap bset bclr sbi cbi bst bld
+syn keyword avraInstr sec clc sen cln sez clz sei cli ses cls sev clv set clt
+syn keyword avraInstr seh clh break nop sleep wdr
+
+syn keyword avraDirective .byte .cseg .db .def .device .dseg .dw .endmacro .equ
+syn keyword avraDirective .eseg .exit .include .list .listmac .macro .nolist
+syn keyword avraDirective .org .set .define .undef .ifdef .ifndef .if .else
+syn keyword avraDirective .elif .elseif .warning
+
+syn keyword avraOperator low high byte2 byte3 byte4 lwrd hwrd page exp2 log2
+
+syn match avraNumericOperator "[-*/+]"
+syn match avraUnaryOperator   "!"
+syn match avraBinaryOperator  "<<\|>>\|<\|<=\|>\|>=\|==\|!="
+syn match avraBitwiseOperator "[~&^|]\|&&\|||"
+
+syn match avraBinaryNumber    "\<0[bB][0-1]*\>"
+syn match avraHexNumber       "\<0[xX][0-9a-fA-F]\+\>"
+syn match avraDecNumber       "\<\(0\|[1-9]\d*\)\>"
+
+syn region avraComment start=";" end="$"
+syn region avraString  start="\"" end="\"\|$"
+
+syn match avraLabel "^\s*[^; \t]\+:"
+
+hi def link avraBinaryNumber    avraNumber
+hi def link avraHexNumber       avraNumber
+hi def link avraDecNumber       avraNumber
+
+hi def link avraNumericOperator avraOperator
+hi def link avraUnaryOperator   avraOperator
+hi def link avraBinaryOperator  avraOperator
+hi def link avraBitwiseOperator avraOperator
+
+
+hi def link avraOperator  operator
+hi def link avraComment   comment
+hi def link avraDirective preproc
+hi def link avraRegister  type
+hi def link avraNumber    constant
+hi def link avraString    String
+hi def link avraInstr     keyword
+hi def link avraLabel     label
+
+let b:current_syntax = "avra"
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/syntax/awk.vim

@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 " Vim syntax file
 " Language:	awk, nawk, gawk, mawk
 " Maintainer:	Antonio Colombo <azc100@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	2014 Oct 21
+" Last Change:	2016 Jul 15
 
-" AWK  ref.  is: Alfred V. Aho, Brian W. Kernighan, Peter J. Weinberger
+" AWK  ref. is: Alfred V. Aho, Brian W. Kernighan, Peter J. Weinberger
 " The AWK Programming Language, Addison-Wesley, 1988
 
 " GAWK ref. is: Arnold D. Robbins
 " Effective AWK Programming, Third Edition, O'Reilly, 2001
 " Effective AWK Programming, Fourth Edition, O'Reilly, 2015
-" (also available with the gawk source distribution)
+" (also available and updated with the gawk source distribution)
 
 " MAWK is a "new awk" meaning it implements AWK ref.
 " mawk conforms to the Posix 1003.2 (draft 11.3)
@@ -19,11 +19,8 @@
 " TODO:
 " Dig into the commented out syntax expressions below.
 
-" For version 5.x: Clear all syntax items
-" For version 6.x: Quit when a syntax file was already loaded
-if version < 600
-  syn clear
-elseif exists("b:current_syntax")
+" Quit when a syntax file was already loaded
+if exists("b:current_syntax")
   finish
 endif
 
@@ -35,13 +32,13 @@ set cpo&vim
 syn keyword awkStatement	break continue delete exit
 syn keyword awkStatement	function getline next
 syn keyword awkStatement	print printf return
-" GAWK ref. Chapter 7
-syn keyword awkStatement	nextfile
+" GAWK ref. Chapter 7-9
+syn keyword awkStatement	switch nextfile
+syn keyword awkStatement	func
 "
 " GAWK ref. Chapter 9, Functions
-"
 " Numeric Functions
-syn keyword awkFunction	atan2 cos div exp int log rand sin sqrt srand
+syn keyword awkFunction	atan2 cos exp int intdiv log rand sin sqrt srand
 " String Manipulation Functions
 syn keyword awkFunction	asort asort1 gensub gsub index length match 
 syn keyword awkFunction	patsplit split sprintf strtonum sub substr
@@ -52,17 +49,17 @@ syn keyword awkFunction	close fflush system
 syn keyword awkFunction	mktime strftime systime
 " Bit Manipulation Functions
 syn keyword awkFunction	and compl lshift or rshift xor
-" Getting Type Function
-syn keyword awkFunction	isarray
+" Getting Type Functions
+syn keyword awkFunction	isarray typeof
 " String-Translation Functions
 syn keyword awkFunction	bindtextdomain dcgettext dcngetext
 
 syn keyword awkConditional	if else
-syn keyword awkRepeat	while for
+syn keyword awkRepeat	while for do
 
-syn keyword awkTodo		contained TODO
+syn keyword awkTodo	contained TODO
 
-syn keyword awkPatterns	BEGIN END
+syn keyword awkPatterns	BEGIN END BEGINFILE ENDFILE
 
 " GAWK ref. Chapter 7
 " Built-in Variables That Control awk
@@ -74,20 +71,18 @@ syn keyword awkVariables	ARGC ARGV ARGIND ENVIRON ERRNO FILENAME
 syn keyword awkVariables	FNR NF FUNCTAB NR PROCINFO RLENGTH RSTART 
 syn keyword awkVariables	RT SYMTAB
 
-syn keyword awkRepeat	do
 
 " Octal format character.
 syn match   awkSpecialCharacter display contained "\\[0-7]\{1,3\}"
-syn keyword awkStatement	func nextfile
 " Hex   format character.
 syn match   awkSpecialCharacter display contained "\\x[0-9A-Fa-f]\+"
 
 syn match   awkFieldVars	"\$\d\+"
 
-"catch errors caused by wrong parenthesis
-syn region	awkParen	transparent start="(" end=")" contains=ALLBUT,awkParenError,awkSpecialCharacter,awkArrayElement,awkArrayArray,awkTodo,awkRegExp,awkBrktRegExp,awkBrackets,awkCharClass
+" catch errors caused by wrong parenthesis
+syn region	awkParen	transparent start="(" end=")" contains=ALLBUT,awkParenError,awkSpecialCharacter,awkArrayElement,awkArrayArray,awkTodo,awkRegExp,awkBrktRegExp,awkBrackets,awkCharClass,awkComment
 syn match	awkParenError	display ")"
-syn match	awkInParen	display contained "[{}]"
+"syn match	awkInParen	display contained "[{}]"
 
 " 64 lines for complex &&'s, and ||'s in a big "if"
 syn sync ccomment awkParen maxlines=64
@@ -141,7 +136,7 @@ syn match   awkExpression	"?\|:"
 syn keyword awkExpression	in
 
 " Boolean Logic (OR, AND, NOT)
-"syn match  awkBoolLogic	"||\|&&\|\!"
+syn match  awkBoolLogic	"||\|&&\|\!"
 
 " This is overridden by less-than & greater-than.
 " Put this above those to override them.
@@ -171,63 +166,42 @@ syn region awkArray		transparent start="\[" end="\]" contains=awkArray,awkArrayE
 " (for the few instances where it would be more than "oneline")
 syn sync ccomment awkArray maxlines=10
 
-" define the default highlighting
-" For version 5.7 and earlier: only when not done already
-" For version 5.8 and later: only when an item doesn't have highlighting yet
-if version >= 508 || !exists("did_awk_syn_inits")
-  if version < 508
-    let did_awk_syn_inits = 1
-    command -nargs=+ HiLink hi link <args>
-  else
-    command -nargs=+ HiLink hi def link <args>
-  endif
-
-  HiLink awkConditional		Conditional
-  HiLink awkFunction		Function
-  HiLink awkRepeat		Repeat
-  HiLink awkStatement		Statement
-
-  HiLink awkString		String
-  HiLink awkSpecialPrintf	Special
-  HiLink awkSpecialCharacter	Special
-
-  HiLink awkSearch		String
-  HiLink awkBrackets		awkRegExp
-  HiLink awkBrktRegExp		awkNestRegExp
-  HiLink awkCharClass		awkNestRegExp
-  HiLink awkNestRegExp		Keyword
-  HiLink awkRegExp		Special
-
-  HiLink awkNumber		Number
-  HiLink awkFloat		Float
-
-  HiLink awkFileIO		Special
-  HiLink awkOperator		Special
-  HiLink awkExpression		Special
-  HiLink awkBoolLogic		Special
-
-  HiLink awkPatterns		Special
-  HiLink awkVariables		Special
-  HiLink awkFieldVars		Special
-
-  HiLink awkLineSkip		Special
-  HiLink awkSemicolon		Special
-  HiLink awkComma		Special
-  "HiLink awkIdentifier		Identifier
-
-  HiLink awkComment		Comment
-  HiLink awkTodo		Todo
-
-  " Change this if you want nested array names to be highlighted.
-  HiLink awkArrayArray		awkArray
-  HiLink awkArrayElement	Special
-
-  HiLink awkParenError		awkError
-  HiLink awkInParen		awkError
-  HiLink awkError		Error
-
-  delcommand HiLink
-endif
+" Define the default highlighting.
+" Only used when an item doesn't have highlighting yet
+hi def link awkConditional	Conditional
+hi def link awkFunction		Function
+hi def link awkRepeat		Repeat
+hi def link awkStatement	Statement
+hi def link awkString		String
+hi def link awkSpecialPrintf	Special
+hi def link awkSpecialCharacter	Special
+hi def link awkSearch		String
+hi def link awkBrackets		awkRegExp
+hi def link awkBrktRegExp	awkNestRegExp
+hi def link awkCharClass	awkNestRegExp
+hi def link awkNestRegExp	Keyword
+hi def link awkRegExp		Special
+hi def link awkNumber		Number
+hi def link awkFloat		Float
+hi def link awkFileIO		Special
+hi def link awkOperator		Special
+hi def link awkExpression	Special
+hi def link awkBoolLogic	Special
+hi def link awkPatterns		Special
+hi def link awkVariables	Special
+hi def link awkFieldVars	Special
+hi def link awkLineSkip		Special
+hi def link awkSemicolon	Special
+hi def link awkComma		Special
+hi def link awkIdentifier	Identifier
+hi def link awkComment		Comment
+hi def link awkTodo		Todo
+" Change this if you want nested array names to be highlighted.
+hi def link awkArrayArray	awkArray
+hi def link awkArrayElement	Special
+hi def link awkParenError	awkError
+hi def link awkInParen		awkError
+hi def link awkError		Error
 
 let b:current_syntax = "awk"
 

runtime/syntax/bib.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:	BibTeX (bibliographic database format for (La)TeX)
 " Maintainer:	Bernd Feige <Bernd.Feige@gmx.net>
 " Filenames:	*.bib
-" Last Change:	2014 Mar 26
+" Last Change:	2016 May 31
 
 " Thanks to those who pointed out problems with this file or supplied fixes!
 
@@ -35,8 +35,40 @@ syn keyword bibEntryKw contained	crossref edition editor howpublished
 syn keyword bibEntryKw contained	institution journal key month note
 syn keyword bibEntryKw contained	number organization pages publisher
 syn keyword bibEntryKw contained	school series title type volume year
+
+" biblatex keywords, cf. http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex/doc/biblatex.pdf
+syn keyword bibType contained	mvbook bookinbook suppbook collection mvcollection suppcollection
+syn keyword bibType contained	online patent periodical suppperiodical mvproceedings reference
+syn keyword bibType contained	mvreference inreference report set thesis xdata customa customb
+syn keyword bibType contained	customc customd custome customf electronic www artwork audio bibnote
+syn keyword bibType contained	commentary image jurisdiction legislation legal letter movie music
+syn keyword bibType contained	performance review software standard video
+
+syn keyword bibEntryKw contained	abstract isbn issn keywords url
+syn keyword bibEntryKw contained	addendum afterwordannotation annotation annotator authortype
+syn keyword bibEntryKw contained	bookauthor bookpagination booksubtitle booktitleaddon
+syn keyword bibEntryKw contained	commentator date doi editora editorb editorc editortype
+syn keyword bibEntryKw contained	editoratype editorbtype editorctype eid entrysubtype
+syn keyword bibEntryKw contained	eprint eprintclass eprinttype eventdate eventtitle
+syn keyword bibEntryKw contained	eventtitleaddon file foreword holder indextitle
+syn keyword bibEntryKw contained	introduction isan ismn isrn issue issuesubtitle
+syn keyword bibEntryKw contained	issuetitle iswc journalsubtitle journaltitle label
+syn keyword bibEntryKw contained	language library location mainsubtitle maintitle
+syn keyword bibEntryKw contained	maintitleaddon nameaddon origdate origlanguage
+syn keyword bibEntryKw contained	origlocation origpublisher origtitle pagetotal
+syn keyword bibEntryKw contained	pagination part pubstate reprinttitle shortauthor
+syn keyword bibEntryKw contained	shorteditor shorthand shorthandintro shortjournal
+syn keyword bibEntryKw contained	shortseries shorttitle subtitle titleaddon translator
+syn keyword bibEntryKw contained	urldate venue version volumes entryset execute gender
+syn keyword bibEntryKw contained	langid langidopts ids indexsorttitle options presort
+syn keyword bibEntryKw contained	related relatedoptions relatedtype relatedstring
+syn keyword bibEntryKw contained	sortkey sortname sortshorthand sorttitle sortyear xdata
+syn keyword bibEntryKw contained	xref namea nameb namec nameatype namebtype namectype
+syn keyword bibEntryKw contained	lista listb listc listd liste listf usera userb userc
+syn keyword bibEntryKw contained	userd usere userf verba verbb verbc archiveprefix pdf
+syn keyword bibEntryKw contained	primaryclass
+
 " Non-standard:
-syn keyword bibNSEntryKw contained	abstract isbn issn keywords url
 " AMS mref http://www.ams.org/mref
 syn keyword bibNSEntryKw contained	mrclass mrnumber mrreviewer fjournal coden
 

runtime/syntax/c.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim syntax file
 " Language:	C
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2016 Feb 08
+" Last Change:	2016 Jul 07
 
 " Quit when a (custom) syntax file was already loaded
 if exists("b:current_syntax")
@@ -248,6 +248,10 @@ if !exists("c_no_c99") " ISO C99
   syn keyword	cType		_Bool bool _Complex complex _Imaginary imaginary
   syn keyword	cType		int8_t int16_t int32_t int64_t
   syn keyword	cType		uint8_t uint16_t uint32_t uint64_t
+  if !exists("c_no_bsd")
+    " These are BSD specific.
+    syn keyword	cType		u_int8_t u_int16_t u_int32_t u_int64_t
+  endif
   syn keyword	cType		int_least8_t int_least16_t int_least32_t int_least64_t
   syn keyword	cType		uint_least8_t uint_least16_t uint_least32_t uint_least64_t
   syn keyword	cType		int_fast8_t int_fast16_t int_fast32_t int_fast64_t
@@ -291,7 +295,7 @@ if !exists("c_no_ansi") || exists("c_ansi_constants") || exists("c_gnu")
   syn keyword cConstant SCHAR_MIN SINT_MIN SLONG_MIN SSHRT_MIN
   syn keyword cConstant SCHAR_MAX SINT_MAX SLONG_MAX SSHRT_MAX
   if !exists("c_no_c99")
-    syn keyword cConstant __func__
+    syn keyword cConstant __func__ __VA_ARGS__
     syn keyword cConstant LLONG_MIN LLONG_MAX ULLONG_MAX
     syn keyword cConstant INT8_MIN INT16_MIN INT32_MIN INT64_MIN
     syn keyword cConstant INT8_MAX INT16_MAX INT32_MAX INT64_MAX

runtime/syntax/cpp.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:	C++
 " Current Maintainer:	vim-jp (https://github.com/vim-jp/vim-cpp)
 " Previous Maintainer:	Ken Shan <ccshan@post.harvard.edu>
-" Last Change:	2015 Nov 10
+" Last Change:	2016 Jul 07
 
 " For version 5.x: Clear all syntax items
 " For version 6.x: Quit when a syntax file was already loaded
@@ -80,6 +80,7 @@ if version >= 508 || !exists("did_cpp_syntax_inits")
   HiLink cppConstant		Constant
   HiLink cppRawStringDelimiter	Delimiter
   HiLink cppRawString		String
+  HiLink cppNumber		Number
   delcommand HiLink
 endif
 

runtime/syntax/dcl.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " Vim syntax file
 " Language:	DCL (Digital Command Language - vms)
 " Maintainer:	Charles E. Campbell <NdrOchipS@PcampbellAfamily.Mbiz>
-" Last Change:	Jan 20, 2016
-" Version:	8
+" Last Change:	May 02, 2016
+" Version:	9
 " URL:	http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#SYNTAX_DCL
 
 " For version 5.x: Clear all syntax items
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ elseif exists("b:current_syntax")
   finish
 endif
 
-if !has("patch-7.4.1141")
+if !has("patch-7.4.1142")
   setlocal iskeyword=$,@,48-57,_
 else
  syn iskeyword $,@,48-57,_

runtime/syntax/debchangelog.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:  Debian Vim Maintainers <pkg-vim-maintainers@lists.alioth.debian.org>
 " Former Maintainers: Gerfried Fuchs <alfie@ist.org>
 "                     Wichert Akkerman <wakkerma@debian.org>
-" Last Change: 2015 Oct 24
+" Last Change: 2016 Apr 24
 " URL: https://anonscm.debian.org/cgit/pkg-vim/vim.git/plain/runtime/syntax/debchangelog.vim
 
 " Standard syntax initialization
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ let binNMU='binary-only=yes'
 syn match debchangelogName	contained "^[[:alnum:]][[:alnum:].+-]\+ "
 exe 'syn match debchangelogFirstKV	contained "; \('.urgency.'\|'.binNMU.'\)"'
 exe 'syn match debchangelogOtherKV	contained ", \('.urgency.'\|'.binNMU.'\)"'
-syn match debchangelogTarget	contained "\v %(frozen|unstable|sid|%(testing|%(old)=stable)%(-proposed-updates|-security)=|experimental|squeeze-%(backports%(-sloppy)=|volatile|lts|security)|wheezy-%(backports%(-sloppy)=|security)|jessie%(-backports|-security)=|stretch|%(devel|precise|trusty|vivid|wily|xenial)%(-%(security|proposed|updates|backports|commercial|partner))=)+"
+syn match debchangelogTarget	contained "\v %(frozen|unstable|sid|%(testing|%(old)=stable)%(-proposed-updates|-security)=|experimental|squeeze-%(backports%(-sloppy)=|volatile|lts|security)|wheezy-%(backports%(-sloppy)=|security)|jessie%(-backports|-security)=|stretch|%(devel|precise|trusty|vivid|wily|xenial|yakkety)%(-%(security|proposed|updates|backports|commercial|partner))=)+"
 syn match debchangelogVersion	contained "(.\{-})"
 syn match debchangelogCloses	contained "closes:\_s*\(bug\)\=#\=\_s\=\d\+\(,\_s*\(bug\)\=#\=\_s\=\d\+\)*"
 syn match debchangelogLP	contained "\clp:\s\+#\d\+\(,\s*#\d\+\)*"

runtime/syntax/debsources.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:     Debian sources.list
 " Maintainer:   Debian Vim Maintainers <pkg-vim-maintainers@lists.alioth.debian.org>
 " Former Maintainer: Matthijs Mohlmann <matthijs@cacholong.nl>
-" Last Change: 2015 Oct 24
+" Last Change: 2016 Apr 24
 " URL: https://anonscm.debian.org/cgit/pkg-vim/vim.git/plain/runtime/syntax/debsources.vim
 
 " Standard syntax initialization
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ let s:supported = [
       \ 'oldstable', 'stable', 'testing', 'unstable', 'experimental',
       \ 'squeeze', 'wheezy', 'jessie', 'stretch', 'sid', 'rc-buggy',
       \
-      \ 'precise', 'trusty', 'vivid', 'wily', 'xenial', 'devel'
+      \ 'precise', 'trusty', 'wily', 'xenial', 'yakkety', 'devel'
       \ ]
 let s:unsupported = [
       \ 'buzz', 'rex', 'bo', 'hamm', 'slink', 'potato',
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ let s:unsupported = [
       \ 'warty', 'hoary', 'breezy', 'dapper', 'edgy', 'feisty',
       \ 'gutsy', 'hardy', 'intrepid', 'jaunty', 'karmic', 'lucid',
       \ 'maverick', 'natty', 'oneiric', 'quantal', 'raring', 'saucy',
-      \ 'utopic'
+      \ 'utopic', 'vivid'
       \ ]
 let &cpo=s:cpo
 

runtime/syntax/desktop.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@
 "		according to freedesktop.org specification 0.9.4
 " http://pdx.freedesktop.org/Standards/desktop-entry-spec/desktop-entry-spec-0.9.4.html
 " Maintainer:	Mikolaj Machowski ( mikmach AT wp DOT pl )
-" Last Change:	2004 May 16
+" Last Change:	2016 Apr 02
+" 		(added "Keywords")
 " Version Info: desktop.vim 0.9.4-1.2
 
 " For version 5.x: Clear all syntax items
@@ -53,8 +54,8 @@ syn keyword dtBooleanKey StartupNotify ReadOnly Terminal Hidden NoDisplay nextgr
 syn keyword dtBooleanValue true false containedin=dtBoolean contained
 
 " String
-syn match   dtString /^\s*\<\(Encoding\|Icon\|Path\|Actions\|FSType\|MountPoint\|UnmountIcon\|URL\|Categories\|OnlyShowIn\|NotShowIn\|StartupWMClass\|FilePattern\|MimeType\)\>.*/ contains=dtStringKey,dtDelim transparent
-syn keyword dtStringKey Type Encoding TryExec Exec Path Actions FSType MountPoint URL Categories OnlyShowIn NotShowIn StartupWMClass FilePattern MimeType nextgroup=dtDelim containedin=dtString contained
+syn match   dtString /^\s*\<\(Encoding\|Icon\|Path\|Actions\|FSType\|MountPoint\|UnmountIcon\|URL\|Keywords\|Categories\|OnlyShowIn\|NotShowIn\|StartupWMClass\|FilePattern\|MimeType\)\>.*/ contains=dtStringKey,dtDelim transparent
+syn keyword dtStringKey Type Encoding TryExec Exec Path Actions FSType MountPoint URL Keywords Categories OnlyShowIn NotShowIn StartupWMClass FilePattern MimeType nextgroup=dtDelim containedin=dtString contained
 
 " Exec
 syn match   dtExec /^\s*\<\(Exec\|TryExec\|SwallowExec\)\>.*/ contains=dtExecKey,dtDelim,dtExecParam transparent